VICON INDUSTRIES INC /NY/
10-K, 1999-12-29
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: JANUS INVESTMENT FUND, NSAR-B, 1999-12-29
Next: FIDELITY BEACON STREET TRUST, 497J, 1999-12-29



                             SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                                   WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                         FORM 10-K

                       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                           OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the fiscal year ended:
September 30, 1999                               Commission File No.  1-7939
- ----------------------------------------------                       -------


                                 VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
                 (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


            NEW YORK                                        11-2160665
(State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                          identification No.)

89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, New York                                   11788
(Address of principal executive offices)                          (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:            (516) 952-2288
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                            None

                SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:


                                Common Stock, Par Value $.01
                                      (Title of class)

                                  American Stock Exchange
                        (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                               Yes    X        No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.


The  aggregate  market  value of  Common  Stock  held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant as of December 15, 1999 was approximately $24,700,000.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's Common Stock as of December
15, 1999 was 4,586,512.


<PAGE>


                                           PART I
ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

General

Vicon  Industries,   Inc.  ("the  Company"),   incorporated  in  1967,  designs,
manufactures, assembles and markets a wide range of closed circuit video systems
("CCVS")  and system  components  used for  security,  surveillance,  safety and
control purposes by a broad group of end users. A CCVS system is a private video
system that can transmit and receive video, audio and data signals in accordance
with the  operational  needs of the user.  The  Company's  primary  focus is the
design of software-based engineered CCVS and components that it sells worldwide,
primarily to installing  dealers,  system  integrators,  government entities and
distributors.

The Company  operates within the electronic  protection  segment of the security
industry that includes,  among others:  fire and burglar alarm  systems,  access
control, CCVS and article  surveillance.  The U.S. security industry consists of
thousands  of  individuals  and  businesses  (exclusive  of  public  sector  law
enforcement)   that  provide  products  and  services  for  the  protection  and
monitoring of life,  property and information.  The security  industry  includes
fire and burglar alarm systems,  access  control,  CCVS,  article  surveillance,
guard services and equipment,  locks, safes, armored vehicles, security fencing,
private investigations and others. The Company's products are typically used for
crime deterrence, visual documentation, observation of inaccessible or hazardous
areas,  enhancing  safety,  obtaining  cost  savings  (such as  lower  insurance
premiums),   managing   control   systems  and  improving  the   efficiency  and
effectiveness of personnel. The Company's products are used in office buildings,
manufacturing  plants,  apartment  complexes,  large retail  stores,  government
facilities,  transportation operations,  prisons, casinos, sports arenas, health
care facilities and financial institutions.

Products

The Company's  product line  consists of  approximately  600 products,  of which
about a third represent model variations. The Company's product line consists of
various  elements of a video  system,  including  video  cameras,  display units
(monitors), video recorders, switching equipment for video distribution, digital
video and signal  processing units (which perform  character  generation,  video
encoding,  multi screen display,  video insertion,  intrusion detection,  source
identification  and alarm  processing),  motorized  zoom lenses,  remote robotic
cameras,  system  controls,  environmental  camera  enclosures  and consoles for
system  assembly.  In August 1999, the Company acquired  TeleSite  U.S.A.,  Inc.
("TeleSite"),  which  designs,  produces  and sells  remote  video  surveillance
systems.  The Company intends to substantially  increase the product development
efforts of TeleSite in order to maximize the potential of its core digital video
compression technology.  The Company provides a full line of products due to the
many varied climatic and operational  environments  under which the products are
expected to perform.  In addition to selling from a standard  catalog line,  the
Company at times produces to specification or will modify an existing product to
meet a customer's  requirements.  The Company's products range in price from $10
for a simple  camera  mounting  bracket to  approximately  one hundred  thousand
dollars  (depending  upon  configuration)  for a large digital control and video
switching system.

                                       - 2 -
<PAGE>


Marketing

The Company's marketing  emphasizes  engineered CCVS solutions which incorporate
system  design,  project  management  and  technical  training and support.  The
Company markets its products  through  industry trade shows  worldwide,  product
brochures and catalogues, direct mailings to existing and prospective customers,
product videos,  in-house  training  seminars for customers and end users,  road
shows which preview new systems and system components,  and advertising  through
trade and end user magazines and the Company's  internet web site. The Company's
products are sold principally to approximately 2,000 independent dealers, system
integrators  and  distributors.  Sales  are  made  principally  by  field  sales
engineers,    independent   sales    representatives    and   customer   service
representatives.  The Company's  sales effort is supported by in-house  customer
service  and  technical  support  groups  which  provide  product   information,
application engineering,  design detail, field project management,  and hardware
and software technical support.

The  Company's  products  are  employed in video  system  installations  by: (1)
commercial and industrial users, such as office buildings, manufacturing plants,
warehouses,  apartment complexes, shopping malls and retail stores; (2) federal,
state,  and  local  governments  for  national  security   purposes,   municipal
facilities,  prisons, and military  installations;  (3) financial  institutions,
such as banks, clearing houses,  brokerage firms and depositories,  for security
purposes; (4) transportation departments for highway traffic control, bridge and
tunnel monitoring, and airport, subway, bus and seaport surveillance; (5) gaming
casinos, where video surveillance is often mandated by local regulation; and (6)
health care facilities,  such as hospitals,  particularly  psychiatric wards and
intensive  care  units.  In fiscal 1999 and 1998,  indirect  sales to the United
States  Postal  Service  under a national  supply  contract  approximated  $22.7
million and $12.0 million, respectively.

The  Company's  principal  sales  offices  are located in  Hauppauge,  New York;
Atlanta,  Georgia; Fareham, England;  Zaventem,  Belgium; New Territories,  Hong
Kong; and Shanghai, China.

International Sales

The Company sells its products in Europe through its U.K. based  subsidiary,  in
China through its Hong Kong subsidiary and elsewhere  outside the U.S. by direct
export. Sales are made to installing dealers or independent  distributors which,
outside of Europe and China,  typically assume the  responsibility  for warranty
repair as well as sales and  marketing  costs to promote the  Company's  product
line. The Company has a few  territorial  exclusivity  agreements with customers
but primarily uses a wide range of  installation  companies and  distributors in
international markets. In Australia,  Japan, Norway and South Korea, the Company
permits  independent  sales  representatives  to  use  the  Company's  name  for
marketing purposes.






                                           - 3 -
<PAGE>


Direct export sales and sales from the Company's foreign  subsidiaries  amounted
to $15.4  million,  $19.0  million  and  $18.7  million  or 21%,  30% and 36% of
consolidated  net sales in fiscal  years  1999,  1998,  and 1997,  respectively.
Export  sales are  generally  made  through  a wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Vicon
Industries   Foreign  Sales   Corporation,   a  tax  advantaged   foreign  sales
corporation.  The Company's principal foreign markets are Europe and the Pacific
Rim,  which together  accounted for  approximately  85 percent of  international
sales in fiscal 1999.  Since fiscal 1998, the Company has experienced a decrease
in demand  for its  products  in  certain  Asian  and  European  countries,  due
principally  to the  deterioration  of local  economies.  For  more  information
regarding  foreign  operations,  see Note 8 of Notes to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements included in Item 14.

Competition

The Company operates in a highly  competitive  marketplace both domestically and
internationally. The Company competes by providing engineered systems and system
components  that  incorporate  broad  capability  together  with high  levels of
customer service and technical support.  Generally, the Company does not compete
based on price alone.

      The Company's principal  engineered CCVS competitors include the following
companies or their affiliates: Checkpoint Systems, Inc., Matsushita (Panasonic),
Pelco  Sales  Company,   Philips  Communications  and  Security  Systems,  Inc.,
Sensormatic Electronics Corporation, and Ultrak, Inc. Many additional companies,
both domestic and  international,  produce  products that compete against one or
more of the Company's product lines. In addition, some consumer video electronic
companies or their  affiliates,  including  Matsushita  (Panasonic),  Mitsubishi
Electric  Corporation,  Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. and Sony  Corporation,  compete
with the  Company  for the  sale of  video  products  and  systems.  Most of the
Company's  competitors are larger companies whose financial  resources and scope
of operations are substantially greater than the Company's.

Research and Development

The Company's  research and  development  ("R&D") is focused on new and improved
CCVS and system components.  In recent years, a trend of product development and
demand  within the video  security and  surveillance  market has been toward the
application of digital technology,  specifically toward the compression, storage
and display of digitized video signals.  As the demands of the Company's  target
market segment requires the Company to keep pace with changes in technology, the
Company intends to focus its R&D effort in these developing  areas. R&D projects
are chosen and  prioritized  based on direct  customer  feedback,  the Company's
analysis  as to the needs of the  marketplace  and  technological  advances  and
marketing research.

The  Company  employs a total of 43  engineers  in the  following  areas:  12 in
software development, 10 in mechanical design, 9 in manufacturing/testing and 12
in electrical and circuit design.  R&D expenditures have averaged  approximately
4% of net sales for each of the past three years.

                                           - 4 -
<PAGE>


Source and Availability of Raw Materials

The Company is substantially  dependent upon outside manufacturers and suppliers
to  manufacture  and assemble its products and will  continue to be dependent on
such entities in the future. In fiscal 1999,  approximately 13% of the Company's
purchases of components and finished  products were from Chun Shin  Electronics,
Inc. ("CSE"), a 34% owned South Korean company (see Item 13).  Additionally,  in
1999,  the Company  purchased  approximately  13% of its components and finished
products from CBC Company,  Ltd., a supplier and sourcing  agent for the Company
(see  Item  13).  The  Company's   relationships  with  outside   manufacturers,
assemblers  and  suppliers  are  generally  not  covered  by formal  contractual
agreements.

Raw  materials  and  components  purchased by the Company and its  suppliers are
generally readily  available in the market,  subject to market lead times at the
time of order.  The  Company  is not  dependent  upon any  single  source  for a
significant amount of its raw materials and components.

Intellectual Property

The  Company  owns,  and has  pending,  a limited  number of design and  utility
patents expiring at various times. The Company has certain trademarks registered
and several other trademark  applications  pending both in the United States and
in Europe.  Many of the Company's products employ proprietary  software which is
protected by copyright.  However,  the laws of certain foreign  countries do not
protect intellectual property rights to the same extent or in the same manner as
the laws of the U.S. The Company has no licenses, franchises or concessions with
respect to any of its products or business  dealings.  The Company does not deem
its lack of patents, licenses,  franchises and concessions, to be of substantial
significance  or to have a material  effect on its  business.  The Company does,
however,  consider its  proprietary  software to be unique and valuable and is a
principal  element in the  differentiation  of the  Company's  products from its
competition.

Inventories

The Company carries  substantial  finished goods inventory  levels to respond to
unanticipated  customer demand,  since most sales are to installing  dealers and
contractors  who  normally  do not carry  large  inventory  stocks.  The Company
principally  builds  inventory  to known and  anticipated  customer  demand.  In
addition to normal safety stock levels,  certain additional inventory levels are
maintained  for products with long purchase and  manufacturing  lead times.  The
Company has also increased its raw material and work-in-process  inventory as it
has shifted  certain of its  production  from  contract  manufacturers  to labor
subcontractors.  The Company  believes  that it is important  to carry  adequate
inventory  levels of parts,  components  and  products to avoid  production  and
delivery delays that detract from its sales effort.







                                           - 5 -
<PAGE>


Backlog

The backlog of orders  believed to be firm as of September 30, 1999 and 1998 was
approximately  $11.3  million  and  $12.4  million,  respectively.   Orders  are
generally cancelable without penalty at the option of the customer.  The Company
prefers that its backlog of orders not exceed its ability to fulfill such orders
on a timely basis,  since  experience  shows that long delivery  schedules  only
encourage the Company's customers to look elsewhere for product availability.

Employees

At September 30, 1999, the Company employed 252 full-time  employees,  of whom 7
are officers, 61 administrative,  101 in sales and technical service capacities,
42 in  engineering,  and 41 production  employees.  At September  30, 1998,  the
Company employed 217 persons. There are no collective bargaining agreements with
any of the Company's  employees and the Company considers its relations with its
employees to be good.


ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

The Company owns and operates an 80,000 square-foot facility located at 89 Arkay
Drive, Hauppauge, New York, which it purchased in January 1998. The Company also
owns and operates a 14,000 square-foot sales,  service and warehouse facility in
southern  England which services the U.K. and Europe.  In addition,  the Company
operates,  under  short-term  leases,  sales  offices in  Atlanta,  Georgia  and
Zaventem,  Belgium.  The  Company  also  leases  sales,  service  and  warehouse
facilities in Tenafly, New Jersey; Yavne, Israel; Hong Kong and Shanghai, China.


ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

None


ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None












                                       - 6 -

<PAGE>



                                          PART II


ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS

The Company's  stock is traded on the American Stock  Exchange  (AMEX) under the
symbol (VII).  The  following  table sets forth for the periods  indicated,  the
range of high and low prices for the Company's Common Stock on AMEX:

          Quarter
           Ended            High        Low

          Fiscal 1999
          December          8-13/16     4-5/8
          March             9-9/16      6-3/4
          June              10-3/8      6-1/2
          September         9-7/16      6-3/4

          Fiscal 1998
          December          8-11/16     5-9/16
          March             13-15/16    6-3/16
          June              12-1/8      6-3/16
          September         9-1/4       6




The last sale  price of the  Company's  Common  Stock on  December  15,  1999 as
reported  on AMEX was $5-3/8 per share.  As of  December  15,  1999,  there were
approximately 300 shareholders of record.

The Company has never  declared or paid cash  dividends  on its Common Stock and
anticipates  that any  earnings  in the  foreseeable  future will be retained to
finance the growth and development of its business.  In addition,  the Company's
bank credit  agreements  prohibit  the payment of cash  dividends  on its Common
Stock.















                                              - 7 -


<PAGE>




ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA




FISCAL YEAR                1999        1998        1997      1996       1995
                           ----        ----        ----      ----       ----

                                 (in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales                $73,414     $63,310     $51,519   $43,191    $43,847
Gross profit              24,699      20,832      14,475    10,957      9,546
Income (loss) before
  income taxes             7,442       5,810       1,647       385     (1,267)
Net income (loss)          4,760       5,810       1,565       300     (1,347)
Earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic                     1.05        1.61         .56       .11       (.49)
  Diluted                   1.01        1.50         .52       .11       (.49)
Total assets              49,899      44,386      31,200    28,085     26,423
Long-term debt             5,799       7,002       8,344     6,429      5,339
Working capital           29,049      27,642      15,351    12,064     10,721
Property, plant and
  equipment (net)          8,053       7,137       3,492     3,034      3,262






























                                      - 8 -


<PAGE>



ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal Year 1999 Compared with 1998

Net sales for 1999 increased $10.1 million or 16% to $73.4 million compared with
$63.3 million in 1998. The sales growth was experienced  principally in the U.S.
as domestic sales increased $13.7 million or 31% to $58.0 million principally as
a result of  increased  system  sales  supplied  under a contract  with the U.S.
Postal Service.  International  sales decreased 19% to $15.4 million principally
as a result of the discontinuation of sales to a private label European reseller
and lower sales in Asia.  The backlog of  unfilled  orders was $11.3  million at
September 30, 1999 compared with $12.4 million at September 30, 1998.

Gross profit  margins for 1999  increased to 33.6%  compared with 32.9% in 1998.
The margin  improvement  was  primarily  the result of a favorable  sales mix of
higher  margin  products,   lower  procurement  costs  and  greater  fixed  cost
absorption associated with the sales growth.

Operating  expenses for 1999 were $16.8  million or 22.9% of net sales  compared
with $14.0  million or 22.1% of net sales in 1998.  The  increase  in  operating
expenses was principally the result of higher selling  expenses  associated with
the sales growth.

Operating  income  increased to $7.9 million for 1999 compared with $6.9 million
for 1998 principally as a result of increased sales.

Interest  expense  decreased  $515,000 to $592,000 for 1999  compared  with $1.1
million in 1998 as $9.3 million of interest-bearing  debt was repaid in May 1998
with the net proceeds from a secondary stock offering.

Income tax expense for 1999 was $2.7 million, or a 36% effective tax rate. There
was no income tax  expense for 1998 due to the  utilization  of  available  U.S.
federal and state net operating tax loss  carryforwards and the reinstatement of
previously reserved deferred income tax assets.

As a result of the  foregoing,  net income  decreased  to $4.8  million for 1999
compared  with net income of $5.8  million for 1998.  However,  results for 1998
benefitted  from the utilization of net operating tax loss  carryforwards  which
affect the  comparability of operating  results.  Assuming that income taxes had
been incurred in 1998 at the same  effective tax rate as in 1999, net income for
1998 would have been $3.7 million  ($.96 per share  diluted)  compared with $4.8
million ($1.01 per share diluted) reported for 1999.







                                           - 9 -


<PAGE>



                            MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal Year 1998 Compared with 1997

Net sales for 1998 increased $11.8 million or 23% to $63.3 million compared with
$51.5 million in 1997. The sales growth was experienced  principally in the U.S.
as domestic sales increased $11.5 million or 35% to $44.3 million principally as
a result of system sales supplied under a contract with the U.S.  Postal Service
entered into in July 1997 and sales from a new line of dome  cameras  introduced
in  February  1997.   International   sales   increased  2%  to  $19.0  million.
International  growth was  limited as a result of lower  sales in Asia offset by
higher sales in Europe, including sales to a private label reseller. The backlog
of unfilled  orders was $12.4  million at September  30, 1998 compared with $7.0
million at September 30, 1997.

Gross profit  margins for 1998  increased to 32.9%  compared with 28.1% in 1997.
The margin  improvement  was  primarily  the result of a favorable  sales mix of
higher  margin  products,   lower  procurement  costs  and  greater  fixed  cost
absorption associated with the sales growth.

Operating  expenses for 1998 were $14.0  million or 22.1% of net sales  compared
with $11.7  million or 22.8% of net sales in 1997.  The  increase  in  operating
expenses was principally the result of higher selling  expenses  associated with
the sales growth and profit related bonus expense.

Operating  income rose to $6.9 million for 1998  compared  with $2.8 million for
1997 as a result of increased sales, higher gross margins and greater absorption
of fixed operating expenses.

Interest  expense  decreased  slightly to $1.1  million in 1998.  Such  decrease
occurred  subsequent to the public offering as $9.3 million of interest  bearing
debt was repaid.

There was no income tax expense for 1998 due to the full  utilization  of a U.S.
net  operating  loss  carryforward  (NOL) and the  reinstatement  of  previously
reserved  deferred income tax assets.  Beginning with the first quarter of 1999,
the Company will incur income taxes at a normal effective rate. In 1997,  income
tax expense was $82,000 relating  primarily to foreign  subsidiary  income. As a
result of the foregoing,  net income increased to $5.8 million for 1998 compared
with net income of $1.6 million for 1997.









                                           - 10 -


<PAGE>


                            MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $2.2  million  for 1999 due
primarily to the $4.8 million net income  reported for the year,  offset in part
by an increase in inventories to support higher sales activity. Net cash used in
investing  activities  was $3.8 million for 1999 due  primarily to the Company's
acquisition of TeleSite U.S.A.,  Inc. for $2.1 million,  the expenditure of $1.0
million for expansion of the Company's  principal  operating  facility and other
general  capital  expenditures.  Net cash used in financing  activities was $1.2
million due primarily to the scheduled repayments of U.S. bank term and mortgage
loans and a decrease in  borrowings  under the  Company's  short-term  revolving
credit  agreement.  As a result of the  foregoing,  the net decrease in cash was
$2.9 million for 1999 after the nominal  effect of exchange  rate changes on the
cash position of the Company.

In July 1998, the Company entered into a $14 million unsecured  revolving credit
and term loan  agreement  with a bank.  Such  agreement  includes a $7.5 million
revolving  credit facility that expires in July 2002, with an option to increase
the facility to $9.5 million at any time through July 2000. Borrowings under the
facility  bear  interest at the bank's prime rate minus 2% or, at the  Company's
option, LIBOR plus 90 basis points (6.25% and 6.30%, respectively,  at September
30, 1999).  At September  30, 1999,  there were no revolving  credit  borrowings
outstanding under this agreement. The agreement also provides for a $4.5 million
five-year term loan payable in equal monthly installments through July 2003 with
interest at 6.74%.

The Company  maintains a bank  overdraft  facility  of 600,000  Pounds  Sterling
(approximately   $990,000)  in  the  U.K.  to  support  local  working   capital
requirements  of Vicon  Industries  Limited.  At September 30, 1999,  borrowings
under this facility amounted to approximately $375,000.

In October 1999, the Company entered into a $1.2 million mortgage loan agreement
with its bank to finance the expansion of its principal operating facility.  The
loan is payable in equal monthly  principal  installments  through January 2008,
with a $460,000  payment due at the end of the term.  The loan bears interest at
the bank's prime rate minus 160 basis points or, at the Company's option,  LIBOR
plus 100 basis  points  and  contains  the same  covenants  as  included  in the
existing mortgage loans.

The Company  believes that cash flow from  operations and funds  available under
its credit  agreements  will be  sufficient to meet its  anticipated  operating,
capital  expenditures and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve
months.

Year 2000

The Company's  software-based products have been tested for year 2000 compliance
and the Company  believes  that such  products  are year 2000  compatible.  With
respect to its own computer  operating  systems,  the Company has  completed the
upgrade  of  its  principal  operating  computer  software  to the  most  recent
available  revisions  sold by its software  suppliers,  which the suppliers have
represented to be year 2000 compliant. The Company believes that such upgrades

                                           - 11 -
<PAGE>

will solve those year 2000 problems  that could affect its  operating  software.
The costs for such  upgrades  were not  material.  It is possible  that  certain
computer  systems or software  products of the Company's  customers or suppliers
may experience year 2000 problems and that such problems could adversely  affect
the  Company.  The  Company  continues  to assess  the  status of its  principal
suppliers'  year 2000  readiness and their plans to address  problems that their
computer  systems may face in correctly  processing date information as the year
2000 approaches.  However, since the ultimate success of the Company's customers
and suppliers to become  compliant is largely outside of the Company's  control,
no assurances can be made that the Company will be unaffected by the year 2000.

Should the Company's suppliers fail to achieve year 2000 compliance,  the supply
of product to the Company may be interrupted  resulting in possible lost revenue
to the Company due to its inability to supply finished product to its customers.
If  such  interruptions  are  prolonged,   the  Company  will  seek  alternative
suppliers.  However, delays may occur which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company.


New Accounting Standard Not Yet Adopted

In June 1998,  the FASB  issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activity."  This statement  establishes  comprehensive
accounting  and  reporting  standards  for  derivative  instruments  and hedging
activities.  In June 1999, the FASB issued SFAS No. 137,  deferring the required
implementation  of SFAS No. 133. This SFAS will be adopted by the Company in the
first quarter of fiscal 2001.  Implementation  of this statement is not expected
to affect the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Foreign Currency Activity

The  Company's  foreign  exchange   exposure  is  principally   limited  to  the
relationship  of the U.S.  dollar  to the  Japanese  yen and the  British  pound
sterling.

Japanese   sourced   products   denominated   in  Japanese  yen   accounted  for
approximately  9% and  11%  of  product  purchases  in  fiscal  1999  and  1998,
respectively. In 1999, the U.S. dollar had significantly weakened in relation to
the yen, resulting in increased costs for such products. The Company attempts to
minimize  its  currency  exposure on these  purchases  through  the  purchase of
foreign exchange contracts. The Company also attempts to reduce the impact of an
unfavorable  exchange rate condition through cost reductions from its suppliers,
lowering production cost through product redesign, and shifting product sourcing
to suppliers transacting in more stable and favorable currencies.

Sales by the  Company's  U.K.  based  subsidiary to customers in Europe are
made in pounds sterling and euros. In fiscal 1999, approximately $4.0 million of
products were sold by the Company to its U.K. based  subsidiary for resale.  The
U.S.  dollar was relatively  stable against the pound sterling in 1999. In years
when the pound weakened  significantly against the U.S. dollar, the cost of U.S.
sourced  product  sold by this  subsidiary  increased.  The Company  attempts to
minimize its currency  exposure on  intercompany  sales  through the purchase of
forward exchange contracts.

                                           - 12 -
<PAGE>

In general, the Company seeks lower costs from suppliers and enters into forward
exchange contracts to mitigate exchange rate exposures. However, there can be no
assurance  that such  steps  will be  effective  in  limiting  foreign  currency
exposure.

Market Risk Factors

The Company is exposed to various  market  risks,  including  changes in foreign
currency  exchange  rates and  interest  rates.  The  Company  has a policy that
prohibits the use of currency  derivatives or other  financial  instruments  for
trading or speculative purposes.

The Company  enters into forward  exchange  contracts to hedge  certain  foreign
currency  exposures  and  minimize the effect of such  fluctuations  on reported
earnings and cash flow (see "Foreign  Currency  Activity" and Note 1 "Derivative
Instruments"  and "Fair  Value of  Financial  Instruments"  to the  accompanying
financial  statements).  At September 30, 1999, the Company's  foreign  currency
exchange risks included a $1.8 million intercompany  accounts receivable balance
due from the  Company's  U.K.  based  subsidiary  and a  $534,000  Japanese  Yen
denominated  trade accounts payable liability due to inventory  suppliers.  Such
assets and  liabilities  are short term and will be settled in fiscal 2000.  The
following  sensitivity  analysis assumes an instantaneous  10% change in foreign
currency  exchange  rates from year-end  levels,  with all other  variables held
constant.

At  September  30,  1999, a 10%  strengthening  or weakening of the U.S.  dollar
versus the  British  Pound  would  result in a $179,000  decrease  or  increase,
respectively,  in the intercompany  accounts  receivable  balance.  Such foreign
currency  exchange risk at September 30, 1999 has been  substantially  hedged by
forward exchange  contracts.  A 10%  strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the
Japanese Yen would result in a $49,000  decrease in the trade  accounts  payable
liability,  while a 10%  weakening  of the  dollar  would  result  in a  $59,000
increase in such liability.

At September 30, 1999, the Company had $6.2 million of outstanding floating rate
bank debt and  corresponding  interest rate swap  agreements  which  effectively
convert the  foregoing  floating  rate debt to stated  fixed rates (see "Note 7.
Long-Term Debt" to the accompanying financial statements). Thus, the Company has
substantially no net interest rate exposures on these instruments.

Inflation

The impact of  inflation on the Company has lessened in recent years as the rate
of inflation remains low. However,  inflation continues to increase costs to the
Company. As operating expenses and production costs increase,  the Company seeks
price increases to its customers to the extent permitted by market conditions.






                                           - 13 -
<PAGE>


"Safe Harbor" Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995

Statements in this Report on Form 10-K and other  statements made by the Company
or its representatives that are not strictly historical facts including, without
limitation,  statements  included  herein  under  the  captions  "Liquidity  and
Financial Condition" and "Year 2000" are "forward-looking" statements within the
meaning of the Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that should be
considered  as  subject to the many  risks and  uncertainties  that exist in the
Company's operations and business  environment.  The forward-looking  statements
are based on  current  expectations  and  involve a number of known and  unknown
risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results,  performance and/or
achievements  of the  Company  to differ  materially  from any  future  results,
performance  or  achievements,   express  or  implied,  by  the  forward-looking
statements.  Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these
forward-looking  statements,  and that in light of the significant uncertainties
inherent in forward-looking  statements, the inclusion of such statements should
not be regarded as a representation  by the Company or any other person that the
objectives or plans of the Company will be achieved. The Company also assumes no
obligation to update its  forward-looking  statements or to advise of changes in
the assumptions and factors on which they are based.

ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See Part IV,  Item 14, for an index to  consolidated  financial  statements  and
financial statement schedules.

ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None






















                                           - 14 -


<PAGE>


                                          PART III

ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The Directors and Officers of the Company are as follows:

           Name              Age                Position
      Kenneth M. Darby        53     Chairman of the Board, President and
                                      Chief Executive Officer
      John M. Badke           40     Vice President, Finance and Chief
                                       Financial Officer
      John L. Eckman          50     Vice President, Sales
      Robert D. Grossman      39     Vice President, Customer and
                                       Technical Services
      Peter A. Horn           44     Vice President, Operations
      Yacov A. Pshtissky      48     Vice President, Technology and Development
      Chu S. Chun             64     Director
      Milton F. Gidge         70     Director
      Peter F. Neumann        65     Director
      W. Gregory Robertson    55     Director
      Arthur D. Roche         61     Director
      Kazuyoshi Sudo          57     Director



The business experience, principal occupations and employment, as well as period
of service, of each of the directors and officers of the Company during at least
the last five years are set forth below.


Kenneth M. Darby - Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.
Mr.  Darby has  served as  Chairman  of the Board  since  April  1999,  as Chief
Executive  Officer since April 1992 and as President  since October 1991. He has
served as a  director  since  1987.  Mr.  Darby also  served as Chief  Operating
Officer and as Executive Vice President,  Vice President,  Finance and Treasurer
of the Company. He joined the Company in 1978 as Controller after more than nine
years at Peat Marwick  Mitchell & Co., a public  accounting  firm.  Mr.  Darby's
current term on the Board ends in April 2002.

John M. Badke - Vice President,  Finance and Chief Financial  Officer.  Mr.
Badke has been Chief  Financial  Officer since December 1999 and Vice President,
Finance since October 1998.  Previously,  he served as Controller  since joining
the Company in 1992. Prior to joining the Company,  Mr. Badke was Controller for
NEK Cable, Inc. and an audit manager with the international  accounting firms of
Arthur Andersen & Co. and Peat Marwick Main & Co.

John L. Eckman - Vice  President,  Sales.  Mr.  Eckman has been Vice  President,
Sales since April 1999. He joined the Company in August 1995 as Eastern Regional
Manager and was promoted to Vice  President,  U.S. Sales in July 1996.  Prior to
joining the Company,  he was Director of Field  Operations for Cardkey  Systems,
Inc., an access control security products manufacturer for which he was employed
for 12 years.


                                           - 15 -
<PAGE>

Robert D. Grossman - Vice President,  Customer and Technical Services.  Mr.
Grossman has been Vice  President,  Customer and Technical  Services  since June
1999. He joined the Company in 1996 as Director of Technical Services.  Prior to
joining the Company,  he was Senior Project Manager for Sensormatic  Electronics
Corporation,  a CCTV and electronic article surveillance products  manufacturer,
for which he was employed for 6 years.

Peter A. Horn - Vice  President,  Operations.  Mr. Horn has been Vice President,
Operations since June 1999. From 1995 to 1999, he was Vice President, Compliance
and  Quality  Assurance.  Prior to that  time,  he served as Vice  President  in
various capacities since his promotion in May 1990.

Yacov A. Pshtissky - Vice President,  Technology and Development.  Mr. Pshtissky
has been  Vice  President,  Technology  and  Development  since  May  1990.  Mr.
Pshtissky was Director of Electrical Product Development from March 1988 through
April 1990. Prior to that time he was an Electrical Design Engineer.

Chu S. Chun - Director.  Mr. Chun has been a director of the Company  since
April 1998.  He has been the  President of CSI,  Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of International Industries,  Inc. ("I.I.I.") and President of
Chun Shin  Electronics,  Inc.  since at least  1988 (see  Item 13).  Mr.  Chun's
current term on the Board ends in April 2001.

Milton F. Gidge - Director.  Mr. Gidge has been a director of the Company  since
1987. He is a retired director and executive officer of Lincoln Savings Bank for
which he served from 1976 to 1994 as Chairman, Credit Policy. He has also been a
director  since 1980 of  Interboro  Mutual  Indemnity  Insurance  Co., a general
insurance mutual company, and a director of Intervest Bancshares  Corporation of
New York, a mortgage banking holding company,  and another affiliated company of
Intervest since 1988. His current term on the Board ends in April 2001.

Peter F.  Neumann -  Director.  Mr.  Neumann  has been a director of the Company
since 1987.  He is the retired  President  of  Flynn-Neumann  Agency,  Inc.,  an
insurance brokerage firm. Since 1978, Mr. Neumann has been serving as a director
of Reliance Federal Savings Bank.
Mr. Neumann's current term on the Board ends in April 2000.

W.  Gregory  Robertson  -  Director.  Mr.  Robertson  has been a director of the
Company  since 1991.  He is  President  of TM Capital  Corporation,  a financial
services company which he founded in 1989. From 1985 to 1989, he was employed by
Thomas  McKinnon  Securities,  Inc.  as head of  investment  banking  and public
finance. Mr. Robertson's current term on the Board ends in April 2001.









                                           - 16 -
<PAGE>


Arthur D. Roche - Director.  Mr. Roche has been a director of the Company  since
1992. He served as Executive Vice President and  co-participant in the Office of
the  President of the Company from August 1993 until his  retirement in November
1999.  For the six months  prior to that time,  Mr.  Roche  provided  consulting
services to the Company.  In October  1991,  Mr.  Roche  retired as a partner of
Arthur Andersen & Co., an international accounting firm which he joined in 1960.
His current term on the Board ends in April 2002.

Kazuyoshi  Sudo - Director.  Mr.  Sudo has been a director of the Company  since
1987. Mr. Sudo is Chief Executive  Officer of CBC (America) Corp., a distributor
of  electronic,  chemical  and  optical  products.  From  1981 to  1996,  he was
Treasurer  of such  company.  He has also been a director of CBC  Company,  Ltd.
since 1997. Mr. Sudo's current term on the Board ends in April 2000.

There are no family  relationships  between  any  director,  executive  officer,
officer or person  nominated  or chosen by the  Company to become a director  or
officer.




Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Based solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 and amendments  thereto furnished to
the  Company  during the year  ended  September  30,  1999 and  certain  written
representations, no person, who, at any time during the year ended September 30,
1999 was a director,  officer or beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of any
class of equity securities of the Company  registered  pursuant to Section 12 of
the  Exchange  Act failed to file on a timely  basis,  as disclosed in the above
forms,  reports  required by Section  16(a) of the  Exchange Act during the year
ended September 30, 1999.

















                                              - 17 -

<PAGE>


ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth all  compensation  awarded to, earned by, or paid
for all services rendered to the Company during 1999, 1998 and 1997 by the Chief
Executive Officer and the Company's most highly  compensated  executive officers
whose total annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 during any such year.

<TABLE>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Long-Term Compensation
                                                                              Awards          Payouts
                                                                     ------------------------ -------
                                    Annual Compensation              Restricted   Securities
Name and                                              All Other        Stock      Underlying  LTIP
Principal Position  Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)    Compensation      Award      Options (#) Payouts
- ------------------  ----   ----------  -----------   ------------    -----------  ----------- -------
<S>                 <C>     <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>

Kenneth M. Darby    1999    $275,000   $261,690 (1)  $  3,000 (3)    $111,814 (4)   -            -
 Chief Executive    1998     225,000    297,525 (2)     3,000 (3)    $344,640 (5)   -            -
  Officer           1997     225,000     84,017 (2)     3,000 (3)        -        58,000         -

Arthur D. Roche     1999     180,000    140,910 (1)       -              -          -            -
 Executive          1998     170,000    160,206 (2)       -              -          -            -
  Vice President    1997     170,000     45,240 (2)       -              -        35,000         -

<FN>

(1) Represents cash bonus equal to 3.25% and 1.75% of the sum of consolidated
    pre-tax income and provision for officers' bonuses for Mr. Darby and Mr.
    Roche, respectively, which bonus formula was adopted for 1999 by the Board
    of Directors upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee.

(2) Represents cash bonus equal to 4.55% and 2.45% of the sum of consolidated
    pre-tax income and provision for officers' bonuses for Mr. Darby and Mr.
    Roche, respectively, which bonus formula was adopted for years 1998 and
    1997 by the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of its Compensation
    Committee.

(3) Represents life insurance policy payment.

(4) Represents  deferred  compensation  benefit of 16,565 shares of Common Stock
    held by the Company in Treasury  which vests upon the  expiration of Mr.
    Darby's employment agreement in October 2004, or earlier upon certain
    occurrences including his death, involuntary termination or a change in
    control of the Company.  The value of such stock is based on the fair market
    value on the date of grant. At September 30, 1999, the quoted market value
    of such shares approximated $116,000.  No dividends can be paid on such
    shares.

(5) Represents  deferred  compensation  benefit of 45,952 shares of Common Stock
    held by the Company in Treasury which vests upon the expiration of Mr.
    Darby's employment agreement in October 2004, or earlier upon  certain
    occurrences including  his  death,  involuntary  termination  or a change in
    control of the Company.  The value of such stock is based on the fair market
    value on the date of grant. At September 30, 1999, the quoted market value
    of such shares approximated $322,000.  No dividends can be paid on such
    shares.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                           - 18 -


<PAGE>



Stock Options
<TABLE>

                             OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Potential Realizable
                             Individual Grants                      Value at Assumed
                ------------------------------------------------  Annual Rates of Stock
                            % of Total                             Price Appreciation
                  No. of    Granted to    Exercise                  for Option Term
                 Options    Employees in    Price    Expiration
Name             Granted    Fiscal Year   Per Share     Date          5%          10%
- -------------    -------   -------------  ---------- -----------   --------    ---------
<S>              <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>

Kenneth M. Darby  25,000        17%         6.7500      4/05       $57,400     $130,200
                  25,000        17%         8.1875      6/05       $69,600     $157,900

Arthur D. Roche    5,000         3%         8.1875      6/05       $13,900     $ 31,600

</TABLE>

Options  granted in the year ended September 30, 1999 were issued under the 1999
Incentive  Stock Option Plan and the 1999  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan. The
options granted above are exercisable as follows: up to 30% of the shares on the
second  anniversary  of the grant date, an  additional  30% of the shares on the
third anniversary of the grant date, and the balance of the shares on the fourth
anniversary of the grant date,  except that no option is  exercisable  after the
expiration of six years from the date of grant.


               AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                             AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES


                                                   At September 30, 1999
                                                 Number of
                                                 Securities     Value of
                                                 Underlying    Unexercised
                                                Unexercised   In-the-money
                                                 Options (2)   Options (2)
                     Shares
                    Acquired       Value        Exercisable/  Exercisable/
     Name          On Exercise  Realized (1)   Unexercisable Unexercisable
- ----------------   -----------  -------------  ------------- -------------

Kenneth M. Darby      23,200      $115,850      -0- /50,000    -0-/$6,250
Arthur D. Roche         -             -        14,000/5,000   $60,750/-0-



(1) Calculated based on the difference  between the closing quoted market prices
    per share at the dates of exercise and the exercise prices.

(2) Calculated  based on the difference  between the closing quoted market price
    ($7.00) and the exercise price.


                                        - 19 -



<PAGE>


Employment Agreements

      Mr. Darby has entered into an employment  agreement  with the Company that
provides for an annual salary of $285,000  through  fiscal 2004.  This agreement
provides  for  payment  in an  amount  up to  three  times  his  average  annual
compensation  for the previous five years if there is a change in control of the
Company  without Board of Director  approval (as defined in the  agreement).  In
addition,  Mr. Darby is eligible to receive cash bonuses based on performance of
the Company.  In 2000, his bonus arrangement  provides for a cash bonus equal to
3.25% of the sum of  consolidated  pre-tax  income and  provision  for officers'
bonuses,  which bonus  formula was  adopted by the Board of  Directors  upon the
recommendation  of  its  Compensation  Committee.  Mr.  Darby's  agreement  also
provides  for an  additional  deferred  compensation  benefit of 8,130 shares of
Common  Stock  held by the  Company in  treasury.  Such  benefit  vests upon the
expiration of his employment  agreement in October 2004, or earlier upon certain
occurrences including his death,  involuntary termination or a change in control
of the Company.  The market value of such  benefit  approximated  $51,000 at the
date of grant.

Donald N. Horn and Arthur V. Wallace, both retired directors, each have deferred
compensation  agreements  with the Company  which  provide  retirement  benefits
totaling  $917,000  and  $631,000,  respectively,  and are  payable  in  monthly
installments  over a 10-year period from date of retirement.  These payments are
subject to their adherence to certain noncompete covenants.  Mr. Wallace and Mr.
Horn began receiving payments under these agreements in October 1990 and January
1994, respectively.

Directors' Compensation and Term

Non-employee  directors are  compensated at an annual rate of $6,000 for regular
meetings,  and for committee  membership,  receive $500 per meeting  attended in
person.  Employee directors are not compensated for Board or committee meetings.
Directors may not stand for reelection after age 70.





















                                           - 20 -
<PAGE>

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.
Neumann,  Gidge  and  Robertson,  none of whom has ever been an  officer  of the
Company.

                            Board Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation  Committee's  compensation policies applicable to the Company's
officers  for 1999 were to pay a  competitive  market  price for the services of
such  officers,  taking  into  account  the overall  performance  and  financial
capabilities of the Company and the officer's individual level of performance.

Mr. Darby makes  recommendations  to the  Compensation  Committee as to the base
salary and  incentive  compensation  of all  officers  other than  himself.  The
Committee reviews these  recommendations  with Mr. Darby and, after such review,
determines  compensation.  In the case of Mr. Darby, the Compensation  Committee
makes its determination after direct negotiation with him. For each officer, the
committee's   determinations  are  based  on  its  conclusions  concerning  each
officer's  performance and comparable  compensation  levels in the CCTV industry
and  the  Long  Island  area  for  similarly  situated  officers  at  comparable
companies. The overall level of performance of the Company is taken into account
but is not specifically related to the base salary of these officers.  Also, the
Company has established an incentive  compensation plan for all of the officers,
which provides a specified bonus to each officer upon the Company's  achievement
of certain annual profitability targets.

The Compensation  Committee  grants options to officers to link  compensation to
the  performance  of the Company.  Options are  exercisable in the future at the
fair market value at the time of grant,  so that an officer granted an option is
rewarded by the  increase in the price of the  Company's  stock.  The  committee
grants options to officers based on significant contributions of such officer to
the performance of the Company.  In addition,  in determining Mr. Darby's salary
for  service  as  Chief  Executive   Officer,   the  committee   considered  the
responsibility  assumed by him in formulating and  implementing a management and
long-term strategic plan.



















                                       - 21 -
<PAGE>

This  graph  compares  the return of $100  invested  in the  Company's  stock on
October 1, 1993, with the return on the same investment in the AMEX Market Value
Index.












(The following table was represented by a chart in the printed material)




                       Vicon                AMEX Market
Date               Industries, Inc.         Value Index

10/01/94                100                    100
10/01/95                103                    119
10/01/96                138                    125
10/01/97                462                    152
10/01/98                393                    135
10/01/99                386                    172























                                              - 22 -
<PAGE>

ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following sets forth information as to each person,  known to the Company to
be a  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in  regulations  of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission)  of more than five percent of the  Company's  Common Stock
outstanding  as of December  15, 1999 and the shares  beneficially  owned by the
Company's Directors and by all Officers and Directors as a group.

   Name and Address                   Amount of
   of Beneficial Owner                Beneficial Ownership (1)      % of Class
   -------------------                ------------------------      ----------
   CBC Company, Ltd.
    and affiliates
   2-15-13 Tsukishima
   Chuo-ku
   Tokyo, Japan 104                        543,715                     11.4%
******************************************************************************
   C/O Vicon Industries, Inc.

   Kenneth M. Darby                        250,092                      5.2%

   Chu S. Chun                             204,507 (2)                  4.3%

   Arthur D. Roche                         153,967 (3)                  3.2%

   W. Gregory Robertson                     19,025 (4)                    *

   Kazuyoshi Sudo                           16,125 (5)                    *

   Milton F. Gidge                          15,825 (5)                    *

   Peter F. Neumann                         15,125 (4)                    *


 Total all Officers and
   Directors as a group (12 persons)       801,115 (6)                 16.7%

 * Less than 1%.

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that all persons named in
    the table have sole voting and  investment  power over the shares of stock
    owned.
(2) Mr. Chun has voting and dispositive  power over 204,507 shares but disclaims
    beneficial ownership as to all but 48,400 shares.  100,707 shares are owned
    by the International Industries, Inc.  Profit Sharing Plan and 55,400 shares
    are owned by immediate family members.
(3) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 14,000 shares.
(4) Includes currently  exercisable  options to purchase 12,125  shares.
(5) Includes  currently  exercisable  options to purchase 7,125 shares.
(6) Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 141,500 shares.



                                           - 23 -


<PAGE>


ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The  Company  and  CBC  Company,   Ltd.(CBC),   a  Japanese   corporation  which
beneficially  owns 11.4% of the  outstanding  shares of the  Company,  have been
conducting business with each other for approximately  twenty years. During this
period, CBC has served as a lender, a product supplier and sourcing agent, and a
private label reseller of the Company's products. Historically, CBC has provided
a significant  amount of funding to the Company in the form of extended accounts
payable  related  to  product  purchases.  CBC has also  acted as the  Company's
sourcing agent for the purchase of certain video products.  In 1999, the Company
purchased  approximately $5.4 million of video products from or through CBC. CBC
has the exclusive  right to sell Vicon brand products in Japan and competes with
the Company in various  markets,  principally  in the sale of video products and
systems.  Additionally, the Company sells certain finished products to CBC under
private label for resale in Europe and Russia. Sales of all products to CBC were
$1.3 million in 1999.  Kazuyoshi  Sudo, a director of the Company and of CBC, is
Chief Executive Officer of CBC (America) Corp., a U.S.
subsidiary of CBC.

Mr. Chu S. Chun, a director who has  beneficial  voting control over 4.3% of the
Common Stock of the Company,  also beneficially  owns a controlling  interest in
Chun Shin  Electronics,  Inc.,  (CSE),  a 34% owned South  Korean  company  that
manufactures  and  assembles  certain  Vicon  products.  CSE also sells  various
security  products,  including the Company's  products,  principally  within the
South Korean market. Mr. Chun is the President and has operating control of CSE.
In 1999, CSE sold  approximately $5.7 million of products to the Company through
International Industries,  Inc. (I.I.I.), a U.S. based company controlled by Mr.
Chun.  I.I.I.  arranges the importation of all the Company's  product  purchases
from CSE.  In  addition,  I.I.I.  purchased  approximately  $535,000 of products
directly from the Company during 1999 for resale to CSE.
























                                           - 24 -
<PAGE>

                                          PART IV


ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
          REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) (1)  Financial Statements

         Included in Part IV, Item 14:

         Independent Auditors' Report

         Financial Statements:

            Consolidated Statements of Operations, fiscal years ended
            September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

            Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1999 and 1998

            Consolidated  Statements of Shareholders' Equity, fiscal years ended
            September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

            Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows, fiscal years ended September
            30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

            Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  fiscal  years  ended
            September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

(a) (2)  Financial Statement Schedule

         Included in Part IV, Item 14:

         Schedule        I - Valuation  and  Qualifying  Accounts  for the years
                         ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

     All  other  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable
accounting  regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  are  not
required under the related  instructions or are not applicable  and,  therefore,
have been omitted.












                                              - 25 -


<PAGE>


14(a)(3)           Exhibits                           Exhibit Number or
Exhibit                                               Incorporation by
Numbers     Description                               Reference to
- -------     -----------                               ----------------
   3        Articles of Incorporation and            Incorporated by reference
            By-Laws,                                 as   amended  to  the  1985
                                                     Annual Report on Form 10-K;
                                                     Form S-2 filed in
                                                     Registration Statement No.
                                                     33-10435 and Exhibit A, B
                                                     and C of the 1987 Proxy
                                                     Statement
  10        Material Contracts



            (.1) Employment Contract dated           10.1
                 October 1, 1999 between the
                 Registrant and Kenneth M. Darby

            (.2) Employment Contract dated October   Incorporated by reference
                 1, 1996 between Registrant          to the 1996 Annual Report
                 and Arthur D. Roche                 on Form 10-K

            (.3) Employment Agreement dated October  10.3
                 1, 1999 between Registrant and
                 John L. Eckman

            (.4) Employment Agreement dated October  10.4
                 1, 1999 between Registrant and
                 Peter Horn

            (.5) Employment Agreement dated October  10.5
                 1, 1999 between Registrant and
                 Yacov Pshtissky

            (.6) Deferred Compensation Agreements    Incorporated by
                 dated November 1, 1986 between the  reference to the 1992
                 Registrant and Donald N. Horn and   Annual Report on
                 Arthur V. Wallace                   Form 10K

            (.7) Amended and restated 1986           Incorporated by
                 Incentive Stock Option Plan         reference to the 1990
                                                     Annual Report on Form
                                                     10-K
            (.8) 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan    Incorporated by
                                                     reference to the
                                                     1994 Annual Report
                                                     on Form 10-K

            (.9) 1994 Non-Qualified Stock Option     Incorporated by
                 Plan for Outside Directors          reference to the
                                                     1994 Annual Report
                                                     on Form 10-K

                                           - 26 -
<PAGE>


                                                      Exhibit Number or
Exhibit                                               Incorporation by
Numbers     Description                               Reference to
- -------     -----------                               ----------------
           (.10) 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan     Incorporated by
                                                      reference to the
                                                      1997 Annual Report
                                                      on Form 10-K

           (.11) 1996 Non-Qualified Stock Option      Incorporated by
                 Plan for Outside Directors           reference to the
                                                      1997 Annual Report
                                                      on Form 10-K

           (.12) Commercial  fixed rate loan          Incorporated by
                 agreement between the Registrant     reference to the
                 and National Westminster Bank PLC    June 30, 1997 filing
                 dated April 8, 1997                  on Form 10-Q

           (.13) Loan Agreement between the           Incorporated by
                 Registrant and KeyBank National      reference to the
                 Association dated January 29, 1998   December 31, 1997
                                                      filing on Form 10-Q

           (.14) Mortgage Note between the            Incorporated by
                 Registrant and KeyBank National      reference to the
                 Association dated January 29, 1998   December 31, 1997
                                                      filing on Form 10-Q

           (.15) Term Loan Note between the           Incorporated by
                 Registrant and KeyBank National      reference to the
                 Association dated January 29, 1998   December 31, 1997
                                                      filing on Form 10-Q

           (.16) Mortgage and Security  Agreement     Incorporated by
                 in the amount of $2,512,000 between  reference  to the
                 the Registrant and KeyBank National  December 31, 1997
                 Association dated January 29, 1998   filing on Form 10-Q

           (.17) Mortgage and Security  Agreement     Incorporated by
                 in the amount of $388,000 between    reference to the
                 the Registrant and KeyBank National  December 31, 1997
                 Association dated January 29, 1998   filing on Form 10-Q

           (.18) Interest rate master swap agreement  Incorporated by
                 between the Registrant and KeyBank   reference to the
                 National Association dated           December 31, 1997
                 December 11, 1997                    filing on Form 10-Q






                                           - 27 -
<PAGE>

                                                      Exhibit Number or
Exhibit                                               Incorporation by
Numbers     Description                               Reference to
- -------     -----------                               ----------------
           (.19) Schedule to the master agreement     Incorporated by
                 between the Registrant and KeyBank   reference to the
                 National Association dated           December 31, 1997
                 December 11, 1997                    filing on Form 10-Q

           (.20) Swap transaction confirmation with   Incorporated by
                 a notional amount of $2,512,000      reference to the
                 between the Registrant and KeyBank   December 31, 1997
                 National Association dated           filing on Form 10-Q
                 December 30, 1997

           (.21) Swap transaction confirmation with   Incorporated by
                 a notional amount of $388,000        reference to the
                 between the Registrant and KeyBank   December 31, 1997
                 National Association dated           filing on Form 10-Q
                 December 30, 1997

           (.22) Advice of borrowing terms            Incorporated by
                 between the Registrant and           reference to the
                 National Westminster Bank PLC        June 30, 1999 filing
                 dated February 22, 1999              on Form 10-Q

           (.23) Credit Agreement between the         Incorporated by
                 Registrant and KeyBank               reference to the
                 International dated                  June 30, 1998 filing
                 July 20, 1998                        on Form 10-Q

           (.24) Swap transaction confirmation with   Incorporated by
                 a notional amount of $4,425,000      reference to the
                 between the Registrant and KeyBank   1998 Annual Report
                 National Association dated           on Form 10-K
                 September 9, 1998

           (.25) Stock purchase agreement between     10.25
                 the Registrant and Isaac Gershoni
                 dated August 12, 1999

           (.26) Escrow agreement among the           10.26
                 Registrant, Isaac Gershoni and
                 European American Bank dated
                 August 12, 1999

           (.27) Loan Agreement between the           10.27
                 Registrant and KeyBank National
                 Association dated October 12, 1999

           (.28) Mortgage Note between the            10.28
                 Registrant and KeyBank National
                 Association dated October 12, 1999


                                           - 28 -
<PAGE>

                                                      Exhibit Number or
Exhibit                                               Incorporation by
Numbers     Description                               Reference to
- -------     -----------                               ---------------
           (.29) Mortgage and Security Agreement      10.29
                 in the amount of $1,200,000 between
                 the Registrant and KeyBank National
                 Association dated October 12, 1999

           (.30) 1999 Incentive Stock Option Plan     10.30

           (.31) 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option      10.31

22          Subsidiaries of the Registrant            Incorporated by
                                                      reference to the Notes
                                                      to the Consolidated
                                                      Financial Statements

24          Independent Auditors' Consent             24

No other exhibits are required to be filed.


14(b) - REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

No reports on Form 8-K were  required to be filed during the last quarter of the
period covered by this report.


Other Matters - Form S-8 and S-2 Undertaking

For the purposes of complying  with the  amendments to the rules  governing Form
S-8 (effective  July 13, 1990) under the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
registrant hereby undertakes as follows, which undertaking shall be incorporated
by reference into registrant's  Registration Statements on Form S-8 Nos. 33-7892
(filed June 30, 1986),  33-34349 (filed April 1, 1990), 33-90038 (filed February
24,  1995) and  333-30097  (filed June 26,  1997) and on Form S-2 No.  333-46841
(effective May 1, 1998):

Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
of  1933  and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding)  is
asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being  registered,  the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court
of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

                                           - 29 -


<PAGE>


                                Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Vicon Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Vicon Industries,  Inc.
and  subsidiaries  as listed in Part IV, item 14(a)(1).  In connection  with our
audits  of the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we also have  audited  the
financial  statement  schedule  as  listed  in Part  IV,  item  14(a)(2).  These
consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement
schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Vicon Industries,
Inc. and  subsidiaries  at September 30, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  September 30, 1999,  in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole,  presents  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the information set forth
therein.





                                     KPMG LLP


Melville, New York
November 30, 1999






                                              - 30 -


<PAGE>



                          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997





                                          1999           1998           1997
                                          ----           ----           ----


Net sales                             $73,414,046    $63,310,466    $51,518,940
Cost of sales                          48,714,749     42,478,384     37,043,750
                                      ------------   ------------   ------------
    Gross profit                       24,699,297     20,832,082     14,475,190

Operating expenses:
 Selling expense                       12,201,943      9,536,988      7,957,340
 General and administrative expense     4,604,702      4,426,107      3,767,529
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
                                       16,806,645     13,963,095     11,724,869
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------

    Operating income                    7,892,652      6,868,987      2,750,321

Interest expense                          591,826      1,107,196      1,143,699
Other income                             (141,003)       (48,190)       (39,896)
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
   Income before income taxes           7,441,829      5,809,981      1,646,518
Income tax expense                      2,681,628          -             82,000
                                       -----------    -----------   ------------

    Net income                         $4,760,201     $5,809,981    $ 1,564,518
                                       ===========    ===========   ============



Earnings per share:

  Basic                                    $1.05          $1.61          $ .56
                                           =====          =====          =====

  Diluted                                  $1.01          $1.50          $ .52
                                           =====          =====          =====


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.







                                              - 31 -


<PAGE>


                     VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           September 30, 1999 and 1998

ASSETS                                                 1999             1998
- ------                                                 ----             ----
Current Assets:
  Cash                                             $ 1,998,767       $4,854,557
  Accounts receivable (less allowance of
   $818,000 in 1999 and $694,000 in 1998)           13,771,411       12,758,080
  Inventories:
    Parts, components, and materials                 2,647,781        2,944,303
    Work-in-process                                  5,298,862        2,374,769
    Finished products                               13,381,900       12,079,335
                                                   -----------      -----------
                                                    21,328,543       17,398,407
  Deferred income taxes                              1,303,791        1,079,736
  Prepaid expenses                                     630,716          332,241
                                                   -----------      -----------
                 Total current assets               39,033,228       36,423,021
Property, plant and equipment:
   Land                                              1,195,248        1,204,498
   Buildings and improvements                        5,156,490        4,185,298
   Machinery, equipment, and vehicles                8,188,688        7,312,594
                                                   -----------      -----------
                                                    14,540,426       12,702,390
   Less accumulated depreciation and amortization    6,486,937        5,565,352
                                                     8,053,489        7,137,038
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization            1,768,056           37,724
Deferred income taxes                                  264,218          116,973
Other assets                                           780,028          671,645
                                                    -----------      ----------
                                                    $49,899,019     $44,386,401
                                                    ===========     ===========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Borrowings under revolving credit agreement      $   374,806      $   634,388
  Current maturities of long-term debt               1,212,316        1,179,367
  Accounts payable                                   4,022,892        3,133,505
  Accrued compensation and employee benefits         2,233,441        1,955,462
  Accrued expenses                                   1,749,395        1,316,855
  Unearned service revenue                             224,711            -
  Income taxes payable                                 167,013          561,173
                                                   -----------      -----------
                 Total current liabilities           9,984,574        8,780,750

Long-term debt                                       5,798,641        7,001,819
Unearned service revenue                               639,169            -
Other long-term liabilities                            728,284          767,528
Commitments and contingencies - Note 11
Shareholders' equity
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share
    authorized - 10,000,000 shares
    issued 4,654,760 and 4,534,710 shares               46,547           45,347
  Capital in excess of par value                    21,343,676       20,947,515
  Retained earnings                                 11,851,089        7,090,888
                                                   -----------      -----------
                                                    33,241,312       28,083,750
  Less treasury stock at cost, 74,948 shares
    in 1999 and 62,517 shares in 1998                 (508,745)        (409,687)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income                15,784          162,241
                                                   -----------      ------------
                Total shareholders' equity          32,748,351       27,836,304
                                                   -----------      -----------
                                                   $49,899,019      $44,386,401
                                                   ===========      ===========

  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements



                                              - 32 -

<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                     VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
              Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997
<CAPTION>


                                                                                        Accumulated   Total
                                                  Capital in   Retained                 other         share-
                                         Common    excess of    earnings     Treasury   comprehensive holders'
                              Shares     Stock     par value    (deficit)     Stock     income        equity
                              ------     ------   -----------  -----------   --------   -----------   -----------
<S>                          <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance September 30, 1996   2,802,728  $28,027   $9,423,089   $ (283,611)   $(82,901)  $ (116,449)   $ 8,968,155

Comprehensive income:
  Net income                    -          -           -        1,564,518        -            -         1,564,518
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment      -          -           -           -             -         149,678        149,678
Total comprehensive income      -          -           -           -             -            -         1,714,196
Stock bonus awarded from
  treasury                      -          -         (28,926)      -           82,901         -            53,975
Exercise of stock options      244,332    2,443      473,900       -         (298,686)        -           177,657
                          ------------   ------   ----------  -----------  -----------     -------    -----------
Balance September 30, 1997   3,047,060   30,470    9,868,063    1,280,907    (298,686)      33,229     10,913,983

Comprehensive income:
  Net income                    -          -           -        5,809,981        -             -        5,809,981
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment      -          -           -           -             -         129,012        129,012
Total comprehensive income      -          -           -           -             -             -        5,938,993
Common stock offering, net
  of issuance costs          1,371,200   13,712   10,787,204       -             -             -       10,800,916
Exercise of stock options      116,450    1,165      253,063       -         (111,001)         -          143,227
Tax benefit from exercise
  of stock options              -          -          39,185       -             -             -           39,185
                          ------------   ------   ----------  -----------  -----------     -------    -----------
Balance September 30, 1998   4,534,710   45,347   20,947,515    7,090,888    (409,687)     162,241     27,836,304

Comprehensive income:
  Net income                    -          -           -        4,760,201        -             -        4,760,201
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment      -          -           -           -             -         (146,457)     (146,457)
Total comprehensive income      -          -           -           -             -             -        4,613,744
Exercise of stock options      120,050    1,200      270,036       -          (99,058)         -          172,178
Tax benefit from exercise
  of stock options              -          -         126,125       -             -             -          126,125
                           -----------   ------- ----------- -----------   -----------     -------    -----------
Balance September 30, 1999   4,654,760   $46,547 $21,343,676 $11,851,089   $ (508,745)     $15,784    $32,748,351
                           ===========   ======= =========== ===========   ===========     =======    ===========

<FN>

                See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                           - 33 -

<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                     VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Fiscal Years
                    Ended September 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997

<CAPTION>


                                                     1999           1998           1997
                                                     ----           ----           ----
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income                                      $ 4,760,201    $ 5,809,981    $1,564,518
 Adjustments to reconcile net income
  to net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                     913,977        788,349       783,859
   Amortization of deferred gain
     on sale and leaseback                              -              -         (433,993)
   Deferred income taxes                            (371,300)    (1,196,709)          -
   Stock bonus award                                    -              -           53,975
   Foreign exchange gain                                -              -          (39,896)
 Change in assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable                               (403,392)    (3,187,475)     (820,556)
  Inventories                                     (3,668,388)      (382,087)   (1,880,543)
  Prepaid expenses                                  (301,590)       (10,068)      230,371
  Other assets                                      (108,383)       228,772         4,910
  Accounts payable                                   399,202       (403,060)   (1,355,267)
  Accrued compensation and employee benefits         166,317        842,476        731,397
  Accrued expenses                                   414,896        188,370        144,276
  Unearned service revenue                           863,880           -               -
  Income taxes payable                              (482,201)       450,979         14,762
  Other liabilities                                   60,976        179,256        (19,374)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ----------
  Net cash provided by (used in)
         operating activities                      2,244,195      3,308,784     (1,021,561)
                                                   ---------      ---------     ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Capital expenditures, net of
      minor disposals                             (1,747,030)    (4,231,674)      (925,024)
    Acquisition, net of cash acquired             (2,064,857)      (158,925)          -
                                                 -----------    -----------    ------------
        Net cash used in
          investing activities                    (3,811,887)    (4,390,599)      (925,024)
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------


Cash flows from financing activities:
    Repayments of U.S. term loan                    (900,000)          -              -
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options          172,179        143,227        177,657
    Increase (decrease) in borrowings under
      short-term revolving credit agreement         (238,003)       443,596       (831,275)
    Repayments of long-term debt                    (275,016)      (310,692)      (480,392)
    Borrowings under term loans                         -         4,500,000        810,000
    Borrowings under mortgage loans                     -         2,900,000           -
    Repayments of term loan to related party            -        (1,800,000)      (200,000)
    Net proceeds from sale of common stock              -        10,800,916           -
    (Decrease) increase in borrowings under
      U.S. bank credit agreement                        -        (6,003,416)     1,860,518
    (Decrease) increase in interest-bearing
      accounts payable to related party                 -        (5,031,919)       627,693
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
        Net cash (used in) provided by
          financing activities                    (1,240,840)     5,641,712      1,964,201
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash              (47,258)         7,080         64,088
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash                   (2,855,790)     4,566,977         81,704
Cash at beginning of year                          4,854,557        287,580        205,876
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash at end of year                              $ 1,998,767    $ 4,854,557    $   287,580
                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   Capital lease obligations                            -              -       $   276,624

Cash paid during the fiscal
  year for:
   Income taxes                                  $ 3,517,498    $    64,523    $    29,203
   Interest                                      $   608,673    $ 1,265,243    $ 1,118,963

<FN>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       - 34 -
<PAGE>

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Fiscal Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

NOTE 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

The  Company  designs,  manufactures,   assembles  and  markets  closed  circuit
television  systems  for  use in  security,  surveillance,  safety  and  control
purposes by end users.  The Company markets its products  worldwide  directly to
installing dealers, systems integrators, government entities and distributors.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Vicon Industries,
Inc. (the Company) and its wholly owned  subsidiaries:  Vicon Industries Limited
(formerly Vicon Industries (U.K.),  Ltd.),  TeleSite U.S.A., Inc. and subsidiary
(Q.S.R.  Ltd.), and Vicon Industries Foreign Sales Corp.; and its majority owned
(60%)   subsidiary,   Vicon  Industries   (H.K.)  Ltd.,  after   elimination  of
intercompany accounts and transactions.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are  recognized  when  products are sold and title is passed to a third
party,  generally  at the time of shipment.  Advance  service  billings  under a
national  supply  contract  with one customer are  deferred  and  recognized  as
revenues on a pro rata basis over the term of the service agreement.

Inventories

Inventories  are valued at the lower of cost (on a moving  average  basis  which
approximates a first-in, first-out method) or market. When it is determined that
a product or product  line will be sold below  carrying  cost,  affected on hand
inventories are written down to their estimated net realizable values.

Long-Lived Assets

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost and include expenditures for
replacements or major improvements. Depreciation, which includes amortization of
assets under capital leases,  is computed by the  straight-line  method over the
estimated useful lives of the related assets. Machinery,  equipment and vehicles
are being  depreciated  over periods  ranging from 2 to 10 years.  The Company's
buildings  are being  depreciated  over periods  ranging from 25 to 40 years and
leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful
lives or the remaining lease term.

The Company reviews its long-lived  assets  (property,  plant and equipment) for
impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an  asset  may  not be  recoverable.  If the  sum of the  expected  cash  flows,
undiscounted  and  without  interest,  is less than the  carrying  amount of the
asset,  an  impairment  loss is  recognized  as the amount by which the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.







                                           - 35 -
<PAGE>

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value assigned to
net assets  acquired  and is being  amortized on a  straight-line  basis over 10
years.  Periodically,  the Company reviews the  recoverability of goodwill.  The
measurement of possible  impairment is based primarily on the ability to recover
the  balance  of  goodwill  from  expected  future  operating  cash  flows on an
undiscounted basis.  Accumulated  amortization amounted to $41,668 and $5,389 at
September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

Research and Development

Product research and development costs are principally  charged to cost of sales
as incurred, and amounted to approximately $2,600,000, $2,200,000 and $2,000,000
in fiscal 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  (SFAS) No. 128,  "Earnings per Share"  requires  companies to present
basic and diluted  earnings per share (EPS).  Basic EPS is computed based on the
weighted average number of shares outstanding.  Diluted EPS reflects the maximum
dilution that would have resulted from the exercise of stock  options,  warrants
and  incremental  shares issuable under a deferred  compensation  agreement (see
Note 10).

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign  currency  translation  is performed  utilizing  the current rate method
under which assets and  liabilities  are  translated at the exchange rate on the
balance sheet date,  while revenues,  costs,  and expenses are translated at the
average  exchange  rate for the  reporting  period.  The  resulting  translation
adjustment of $16,000 and $162,000 at September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively,
is recorded as a component of shareholders' equity.

Income Taxes

The Company  accounts  for income  taxes under the  provisions  of SFAS No. 109,
"Accounting  for Income  Taxes",  which  requires  recognition  of deferred  tax
liabilities and assets for the expected  future tax  consequences of events that
have been  included  in the  financial  statements  or tax  returns.  Under this
method,  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  are  determined  based  on the
difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  for the  year in  which  the
differences are expected to be recovered or settled (see Note 6).

Derivative Instruments

The  Company's  derivative  financial  instruments  consist of foreign  currency
forward exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements. The Company enters
into forward exchange contracts to hedge intercompany  accounts  receivable with
its U.K. based  subsidiary and Japanese Yen denominated  trade accounts  payable
liabilities  due  inventory  suppliers.  The  forward  exchange  contracts  have
maturities of less than one year and require the Company to exchange  currencies
at specified  dates and rates.  Gains and losses on these contracts are recorded
in cost of sales generally when incurred.




                                              - 36 -
<PAGE>

The  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  with  its bank to
effectively  convert its floating rate  long-term  debt to fixed  interest rates
(see  Note 7).  Such  agreements  mature in the same  amounts  and over the same
periods as the related debt.  Outstanding notional amounts under such agreements
approximated  $6.2  million at  September  30,  1999.  Gains and losses on these
contracts are recorded in interest expense when incurred.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments",  requires
disclosure  of the fair value of certain  financial  instruments.  The  carrying
amounts  for  accounts  and other  receivables,  accounts  payable  and  accrued
expenses  approximate  fair value  because of the  short-term  maturity of these
instruments.  The carrying  amounts of the Company's  long-term debt approximate
fair value. The carrying amounts of the Company's  interest rate swap agreements
approximated  their  fair  market  value  at  September  30,  1999.  This  value
represents  the estimated  amount the Company would have to pay or would receive
if such agreements were terminated before maturity,  principally  resulting from
market interest rate changes.  The fair value of forward  exchange  contracts is
estimated by obtaining  quoted market prices.  The contracted  exchange rates on
committed forward exchange contracts at September 30, 1999 and 1998 approximated
market rates for similar term contracts (see Note 11).

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has elected to follow  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related  interpretations
in accounting for its employee stock options. Under APB 25, because the exercise
price of employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying  stock
on the date of grant,  no  compensation  expense is  recorded.  The  Company has
adopted the  disclosure-only  provisions  of Statement  of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123).

Segment Data

On September 30, 1999,  the Company  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information"  ("SFAS 131"). The new rules establish revised standards for public
companies  relating to the  reporting of financial and  descriptive  information
about their business segments in financial statements.  The adoption of SFAS 131
did not have an effect on the Company's  primary financial  statements,  but did
affect the disclosure of segment information contained in Note 8 of the Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities,  and  disclosure  of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial  statements,  and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassification

Certain  prior year  amounts have been  reclassified  to conform to current year
presentation.

                                           - 37 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 2.  Business Acquisitions

In August 1999, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding  shares of TeleSite
U.S.A.,  Inc., a  manufacturer  and  distributor  of remote  video  surveillance
systems, for $2.1 million. As additional compensation,  the Company is liable to
pay the  sellers  an  amount  equal to 30% of the  acquired  operation's  yearly
incremental  consolidated  sales for a three-year period  commencing  January 1,
2000. The acquisition  has been accounted for as a purchase,  and the results of
the operations of the acquired  business have been included in the  consolidated
financial  statements since the date of acquisition.  The excess of the purchase
price over the fair  values of the net assets  acquired  of  approximately  $1.8
million has been recorded as goodwill and is being  amortized on a straight-line
basis over 10 years.

Assuming  this  acquisition  had occurred on October 1, 1997,  consolidated  net
sales would have been approximately $75.9 million for 1999 and $65.6 million for
1998.  Consolidated  pro forma net income and  earnings per share would not have
been  materially  different  from the reported  amounts for 1999 and 1998.  Such
unaudited pro forma amounts are not  indicative of what the actual  consolidated
results of operations  might have been if the  acquisition had been effective at
the beginning of 1998.

In July 1998,  the Company  increased  its  interest to 60% in Vicon  Industries
(H.K.) Ltd. for  approximately  $197,000 in cash. The  acquisition was accounted
for as a purchase with the assets,  liabilities  and  operations of the acquired
business  being  consolidated  with those of the Company  since the  acquisition
date. The excess cost over the fair value of net assets acquired and the results
of operations for this subsidiary for fiscal 1999 were not material.


NOTE 3.  Investment in Affiliate

In  September   1999,  the  Company's  50%  ownership   interest  in  Chun  Shin
Electronics, Inc. (CSE), a South Korean company which manufactures and assembles
certain  Vicon  products,  decreased  to  34%  with  the  merger  of  Chun  Shin
Industries,  Inc.  (CSI) into CSE. CSI is the former 50%  shareholder of CSE and
sells various security products,  including the Company's products,  principally
within the South Korean  market.  The Company has not recognized its interest in
the  accumulated  earnings  of CSE  since  it does  not  have  control  over the
operations  of CSE and  does  not  have the  ability  to  repatriate  any of its
accumulated  earnings.  Net  assets of CSE were  approximately  $5.6  million at
September 30, 1999.


Note 4.   Public Offering

In May 1998, the Company sold  1,371,200  shares of its common stock in a public
offering,  the net  proceeds  of which were  approximately  $10.8  million.  The
proceeds were principally used to repay certain interest bearing borrowings.





                                           - 38 -
<PAGE>




NOTE 5.  Short-Term Borrowings

Borrowings under the Company's  short-term  revolving credit agreement represent
borrowings  by the  Company's  U.K.  based  subsidiary  under  a bank  overdraft
facility.  Such credit  agreement  provides  for maximum  borrowings  of 600,000
pounds  ($990,000) and is secured by all the assets of the  subsidiary.  Maximum
borrowings  during  1999,  1998 and 1997  amounted  to  approximately  $852,000,
$676,000 and $1,282,000,  respectively.  The  weighted-average  interest rate on
borrowings  during  these  years was  7.80% in 1999,  9.33% in 1998 and 8.27% in
1997.


NOTE 6.  Income Taxes

The  components  of income tax expense  for the fiscal  years  indicated  are as
follows:

                           1999             1998             1997
                           ----             ----             ----



      Federal        $   2,392,000      $  (515,000)    $     24,000
      State                200,000          380,000            5,000
      Foreign               90,000          135,000           53,000
                     -------------      -----------     ------------
                     $   2,682,000      $     -         $     82,000
                     =============      ===========     ============



A reconciliation of the U.S.  statutory tax rate to the Company's  effective tax
rate follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                1999                 1998                 1997
                                ----                 ----                 ----

                          Amount   Percent      Amount  Percent      Amount  Percent
                          ------   -------      ------  -------      ------  -------
<S>                    <C>           <C>     <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>
U.S. statutory tax     $ 2,530,000   34.0%   $1,975,000   34.0%    $ 560,000   34.0%
Change in valuation
  allowance                  -         -     (2,560,000) (44.0)     (467,000) (28.3)
State tax, net of
  federal benefit          132,000    1.8       251,000    4.3          -        -
Other                       20,000    0.2       334,000    5.7       (11,000)  (0.7)
                       -----------  ------   ----------  ------    ---------  ------
   Effective Tax Rate  $ 2,682,000   36.0%   $    -         - %    $  82,000    5.0%
                       ===========  ======   ==========  ======    =========  ======

</TABLE>












                                           - 39 -
<PAGE>

The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and  liabilities  at September  30, 1999 and 1998 are
presented below:


                                                     1999             1998
                                                     ----             ----

Deferred tax assets:
  Inventory reserves                              $1,009,000       $  865,000
  Deferred compensation accruals                     179,000          186,000
  Allowance for doubtful
    accounts receivable                              256,000          226,000
  Unearned service revenue                           128,000            -
  Other                                               88,000            9,000
                                                  ----------       ----------
    Total deferred tax assets                      1,660,000        1,286,000

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Cash surrender value of officers'
    life insurance                                    46,000           58,000
  Other                                               46,000           31,000
                                                  ----------      -----------
   Total deferred tax liabilities                     92,000           89,000
                                                  ----------      -----------
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities           $1,568,000      $ 1,197,000
                                                  ----------      -----------


During fiscal year 1998,  the Company fully  utilized its remaining  federal net
operating loss carryforward and reversed the remaining valuation allowance based
on management's  assessment that it is reasonably  assured that all net deferred
income tax assets  will be realized in the future  given the  Company's  present
level of earnings.  Pretax domestic income amounted to approximately $7,385,000,
$5,462,000  and  $1,414,000 in fiscal years 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.
Pretax foreign income amounted to approximately  $57,000,  $348,000 and $233,000
in fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


NOTE 7.  Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt is comprised of the following at September 30, 1999 and 1998:
                                                 1999               1998
                                                 ----               ----

  U.S. bank term loan                         $3,525,000         $4,425,000
  U.S. bank mortgage loan                      2,679,000          2,820,900
  U.K. bank term loan                            625,626            729,584
  Other                                          181,331            205,702
                                              ----------         ----------
                                               7,010,957          8,181,186
  Less installments due within one year        1,212,316          1,179,367
                                              ----------         ----------

                                              $5,798,641         $7,001,819
                                              ==========         ==========

In July 1998, the Company entered into a $14 million unsecured  revolving credit
and term loan  agreement  with a bank.  Such  agreement  includes a $7.5 million
revolving  credit  facility,  which  expires  in July  2002,  with an  option to
increase the facility to $9.5 million at any time through July 2000.  Borrowings
under this  facility  bear interest at the bank's prime rate minus 2% or, at the
Company's  option,  LIBOR plus 90 basis points (6.25% and 6.30% at September 30,
1999). At September 30, 1999 and 1998, there were no revolving credit borrowings
outstanding under this agreement.


                                           - 40 -
<PAGE>

The agreement  also provided for a $4.5 million  five-year  term loan payable in
equal monthly  installments  through July 2003,  with interest at LIBOR plus 100
basis points.  The agreement contains  restrictive  covenants which, among other
things, require the Company to maintain certain levels of earnings and ratios of
debt service  coverage and debt to tangible net worth.  In September  1998,  the
Company  entered  into an  interest  rate swap  agreement  with the same bank to
effectively  convert the foregoing  floating rate long-term loan to a fixed rate
loan. This agreement fixes the Company's  interest rate on its $4.5 million term
loan at 6.74%. The interest rate swap agreement  matures in the same amounts and
over the same periods as the related term loan.

In January 1998, the Company entered into an aggregate $2.9 million mortgage and
term  loan  agreement  with a bank to  finance  the  purchase  of its  principal
operating facility.  Such agreement includes a $2,512,000 ten-year mortgage loan
payable in monthly  installments through January 2008, with a $1,188,000 payment
due at the end of the term.  The agreement  also  provides a $388,000  five-year
term loan payable in monthly  installments through January 2003, with a $138,500
payment due at the end of the term. Both loans bear interest at the bank's prime
rate minus 1.35%.  The loans are secured by a first mortgage on the property and
fixtures and contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, require the
Company to  maintain  certain  levels of  earnings  and  ratios of debt  service
coverage and debt to tangible net worth.  At the same time, the Company  entered
into interest rate swap agreements with the same bank to effectively convert the
foregoing  floating rate long-term loans to fixed rate loans.  These  agreements
fix the Company's interest rate on its $2,512,000 mortgage loan at 7.79% and its
$388,000 term loan at 7.7%. The interest rate swap agreements mature in the same
amounts and over the same periods as the related mortgage and term loans.

In October 1999, the Company entered into a $1.2 million mortgage loan agreement
with its bank to finance the expansion of its principal operating facility.  The
loan is payable in equal monthly  principal  installments  through January 2008,
with a $460,000  payment due at the end of the term.  The loan bears interest at
the bank's prime rate minus 160 basis points or, at the Company's option,  LIBOR
plus 100 basis  points  and  contains  the same  covenants  as  included  in the
existing mortgage loans.

In April 1997,  the  Company's  U.K.  based  subsidiary  entered into a ten-year
500,000 pound sterling (approximately $825,000) bank term loan. The term loan is
payable in equal monthly  installments  with interest at a fixed rate of 9%. The
loan is secured by a first  mortgage on the  subsidiary's  property and contains
restrictive  covenants  which,  among other  things,  require the  subsidiary to
maintain certain levels of net worth, earnings and debt service coverage.

Long-term debt maturing in each of the fiscal years  subsequent to September 30,
1999 approximates  $1,212,000 in 2000,  $1,216,000 in 2001,  $1,199,000 in 2002,
$1,197,000 in 2003, $438,000 in 2004 and $1,749,000 thereafter.

At  September  30,  1999,   future  minimum  annual  rental   commitments  under
non-cancelable  capital lease  obligations were as follows:  $69,334 per year in
2000 and 2001, and $33,454 in 2002.









                                             - 41 -


<PAGE>


NOTE 8.  Segment and Related Information

The Company adopted SFAS 131,  "Disclosures  About Segments of an Enterprise and
Related  Information"  in  1999,  which  changes  the  way the  Company  reports
information about its operating segments.  The information for 1998 and 1997 has
been restated from the prior year's presentation in order to conform to the 1999
presentation.

The Company operates in one industry which encompasses the design,  manufacture,
assembly and marketing of closed-circuit video systems and system components for
the electronic protection segment of the security industry.  The Company manages
its business segments  primarily on a geographic basis. The Company's  principal
reportable segments are comprised of its United States (U.S.) and United Kingdom
(U.K.) based operations.  Its U.S. based operations consist of Vicon Industries,
Inc., the Company's  corporate  headquarters and principal operating entity. Its
U.K.  based  operations  consist of Vicon  Industries  Limited,  a wholly  owned
subsidiary  which markets and  distributes  the Company's  products  principally
within Europe. Other segments include the operations of Vicon Industries (H.K.),
Ltd., a Hong Kong based majority owned  subsidiary which markets and distributes
the  Company's  products  principally  within Hong Kong and  mainland  China and
TeleSite U.S.A., Inc. and subsidiary,  a U.S. and Israeli based manufacturer and
distributor of remote video surveillance systems.

The Company evaluates  performance and allocates resources based on, among other
things, the net profit for each segment,  which excludes  intersegment sales and
profits. Segment information for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998
and 1997 is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1999                       U.S.         U.K.       Other   Consolidating   Totals
- ----                    ----------   ----------  --------- -------------   ------
<S>                    <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

Net sales to
 external customers    $62,939,000  $8,515,000  $1,960,000  $   -       $73,414,000
Intersegment
 net sales               5,334,000       -          36,000      -         5,370,000
Net income (loss)        4,787,000     217,000    (194,000)   (50,000)    4,760,000
Interest expense           506,000     174,000       7,000    (95,000)      592,000
Interest income            227,000       -           -        (86,000)      141,000
Depreciation and
 amortization              680,000     163,000      35,000     36,000       914,000
Total assets            45,025,000   5,912,000   2,904,000 (3,942,000)   49,899,000
Capital expenditures   $ 1,469,000  $  177,000  $  101,000      -       $ 1,747,000
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1998                       U.S.         U.K.       Other   Consolidating   Totals
- ----                    ----------   ----------  --------- -------------   ------
<S>                    <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

Net sales to
 external customers    $54,184,000  $8,542,000  $  584,000  $   -       $63,310,000
Intersegment
 net sales               4,668,000       -           -          -         4,668,000
Net income (loss)        5,597,000     349,000      41,000   (177,000)    5,810,000
Interest expense         1,024,000     187,000       -       (104,000)    1,107,000
Interest income            164,000       -           -        (99,000)       65,000
Depreciation and
 amortization              652,000     131,000       -          5,000       788,000
Total assets            40,214,000   5,575,000   1,181,000 (2,584,000)   44,386,000
Capital expenditures   $ 4,037,000  $  191,000  $    4,000      -       $ 4,232,000
</TABLE>



                                           - 42 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1997                       U.S.         U.K.       Other   Consolidating   Totals
- ----                    ----------   ----------  --------- -------------   ------
<S>                    <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

Net sales to
 external customers    $43,605,000  $7,914,000  $    -      $   -       $51,519,000
Intersegment
 net sales               3,344,000       -           -          -         3,344,000
Net income (loss)        1,385,000     183,000       -         (3,000)    1,565,000
Interest expense         1,041,000     191,000       -        (88,000)    1,144,000
Interest income             79,000       -           -        (79,000)        -
Depreciation and
 amortization              639,000     145,000       -          -           784,000
Total assets            28,209,000   4,938,000       -     (1,947,000)   31,200,000
Capital expenditures   $   819,000  $  106,000  $    -          -       $   925,000
</TABLE>


The   consolidating   segment  presented  above  includes  the  elimination  and
consolidation  of  intersegment  transactions.  Net sales and long-lived  assets
related to operations  in the United States and other foreign  countries for the
fiscal years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997 are as follows:

                                       1999             1998            1997
                                       ----             ----            ----
Net sales
 U.S.                              $63,236,000      $54,184,000     $43,605,000
Foreign                             10,178,000        9,126,000       7,914,000
                                   -----------      -----------      ----------
   Total                           $73,414,000      $63,310,000     $51,519,000

Long-lived assets
 U.S.                              $ 6,234,000      $ 5,443,000     $ 2,059,000
 Foreign                             1,819,000        1,694,000       1,433,000
                                    ----------      -----------      ----------
   Total                           $ 8,053,000      $ 7,137,000     $ 3,492,000

U.S. sales include  $5,236,000,  $9,853,000 and $10,747,000 for export in fiscal
years 1999,  1998, and 1997,  respectively.  Indirect sales to the United States
Postal Service under a national supply contract  approximated  $22.7 million and
$12.0 million in fiscal 1999 and 1998, respectively.


NOTE 9.  Stock Options and Stock Purchase Warrants

The Company  maintains  stock option  plans which  include  both  incentive  and
non-qualified  options  covering  a total of  430,532  shares  of  common  stock
reserved for issuance to key employees,  including officers and directors.  Such
amount includes a total of 100,000 options  reserved for issuance under the 1999
Incentive Stock Option Plan, as well as a total of 100,000 options  reserved for
issuance  under  the 1999  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan,  approved  by the
shareholders  in April 1999.  All options are issued at fair market value at the
grant date and are exercisable in varying  installments  according to the plans.
The plans allow for the payment of option  exercises  through the  surrender  of
previously  owned  shares  based on the fair market  value of such shares at the
date of  surrender.  During  fiscal 1999 and 1998,  a total of 12,431 and 16,565
common  shares,   respectively,   were  surrendered  pursuant  to  stock  option
exercises,  which are held in treasury.  There were 59,885 shares  available for
grant at September 30, 1999.




                                           - 43 -


<PAGE>


Changes in  outstanding  stock  options for the three years ended  September 30,
1999 are as follows:

                                                       Weighted
                                    Number             Average
                                    of                 Exercise
                                    Shares             Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - September 30, 1996        444,649            $1.83
Options granted                     241,000            $2.77
Options exercised                  (244,332)           $1.95
Options forfeited                   (21,820)           $2.35
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - September 30, 1997        419,497            $2.27
Options granted                      48,250            $6.98
Options exercised                  (116,450)           $2.18
Options forfeited                    (1,400)           $6.50
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - September 30, 1998        349,897            $2.94
Options granted                     143,000            $7.50
Options exercised                  (120,050)           $2.26
Options forfeited                    (2,200)           $7.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - September 30, 1999        370,647            $4.89
Price range $1.69 - $3.06
  (weighted-average contractual     183,897            $2.36
   life of 1.9 years)
Price range $6.75 - $8.19
  (weighted-average contractual     186,750            $7.38
   life of 5.2 years)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable options -
  September 30, 1997                149,838            $1.96
  September 30, 1998                253,123            $2.47
  September 30, 1999                210,147            $2.94
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by
SFAS 123,  and has been  determined  as if the  Company  had  accounted  for its
employee stock options under the fair value method of this  Statement.  The fair
value for  options  was  estimated  at the date of grant  using a  Black-Scholes
option pricing model with the following  weighted average  assumptions for 1999,
1998 and 1997:

                                      1999            1998            1997
                                      ----            ----            ----
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk-free interest rate                5.0%            5.0%            6.0%
Dividend yield                         0.0%            0.0%            0.0%
Volatility factor                     59.0%           67.3%           52.7%
Weighted average expected life       4 years         3 years         3 years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded  options which have no vesting  restrictions  and are fully
transferable.  In addition,  option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective  assumptions  including the expected stock price volatility.  Because
the  Company's  employee  stock  options  have   characteristics   significantly
different  from traded  options,  and because  changes in the  subjective  input
assumptions  can  materially  affect the fair value  estimate,  in  management's
opinion,  the  existing  models do not  necessarily  provide a  reliable  single
measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.







                                           - 44 -


<PAGE>


For purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair value of the options
is amortized to expense over the options'  vesting  period.  The  Company's  pro
forma net income and earnings per share are as follows:

                                1999                1998               1997
                                ----                ----               ----
Net income:
  As reported                $4,760,201          $5,809,981        $1,564,518
  Pro forma                  $4,646,938          $5,638,166        $1,364,368

Earnings per share:

  As reported
     Basic                      $1.05               $1.61              $ .56
     Diluted                    $1.01               $1.50              $ .52

  Pro forma
     Basic                      $1.03               $1.56              $ .49
     Diluted                    $ .98               $1.46              $ .45

Weighted average fair value
  of options granted            $3.74               $3.34              $1.13

Pro  forma  earnings  reflect  only  options  granted  since  October  1,  1995.
Therefore,  the full impact of calculating  compensation  cost for stock options
under  SFAS  No.  123 is not  reflected  in the pro  forma  net  income  amounts
presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting
period and  compensation  cost for options  granted prior to October 1, 1995 was
not considered.

In connection with the public  offering,  the Company  granted the  Underwriters
warrants to purchase up to 145,000  shares of Common  Stock.  The  warrants  are
exercisable at any time through May 2003 at a price of $10.50 per share.

NOTE 10.  Earnings Per Share

The following  table provides the  components of the basic and diluted  earnings
per share (EPS) computations:
                                    1999            1998            1997
                                    ----            ----            ----
Basic EPS Computation

Net income                       $4,760,201      $5,809,981     $1,564,518
Weighted average shares
  outstanding                     4,519,344       3,605,307      2,803,805

Basic earnings per share         $     1.05      $     1.61     $      .56
                                 ==========      ==========     ==========


Diluted EPS Computation

Net income                       $4,760,201      $5,809,981     $1,564,518
Weighted average shares
  outstanding                     4,519,344       3,605,307      2,803,805
Stock options                       185,940         260,425        218,191
Stock compensation arrangement       13,075           7,343          -
                                  ---------       ---------      ---------
Diluted shares outstanding        4,718,358       3,873,075      3,021,996

Diluted earnings per share       $     1.01      $     1.50     $      .52
                                 ==========      ==========     ==========


                                           - 45 -
<PAGE>

NOTE 11.  Commitments

The Company  occupies  certain  facilities,  or is  contingently  liable,  under
operating  leases that expire at various dates through 2008.  The leases,  which
cover periods from three to nine years, generally provide for renewal options at
specified rental amounts.  The aggregate operating lease commitment at September
30,  1999 was  $522,000  with  minimum  rentals  for the fiscal  years  shown as
follows: 2000 - $158,000;  2001 - $136,000; 2002 - $73,000; 2003 - $27,000; 2004
- - $25,000; 2005 and thereafter - $103,000.

The  Company  is a party to  employment  agreements  with four  executives  that
provide  for,  among other  things,  the payment of  compensation  if there is a
change  in  control  without  Board of  Director  approval  (as  defined  in the
agreements). The contingent liability under such change in control provisions at
September 30, 1999 was approximately $1,605,000.  The total compensation payable
under these  agreements,  absent a change in control,  aggregated  $2,215,000 at
September 30, 1999. The Company is also a party to insured deferred compensation
agreements  with two retired  officers.  The  aggregate  remaining  compensation
payments of  approximately  $495,000 as of September 30, 1999 are subject to the
individuals'  adherence  to certain  non-compete  covenants,  and are payable in
monthly  installments through December 2003. In October 1997, 1998 and 1999, the
Company's Chief Executive Officer was provided a deferred  compensation  benefit
of 45,952, 16,565 and 8,130 shares, respectively, of common stock currently held
by the  Company  in  treasury.  Such  shares  vest  upon the  expiration  of the
executive's  employment  agreement in October  2004,  or earlier  under  certain
occurrences including his death,  involuntary termination or a change in control
of the  Company.  The market value of such shares  approximated  $507,000 at the
dates of grant,  which is being amortized on the  straight-line  method over the
term of the employment agreement.

Sales to customers from the Company's U.K. based  subsidiary are  denominated in
British pounds sterling.  The Company attempts to minimize its currency exposure
on these sales through the purchase of forward  exchange  contracts to cover its
billings to this subsidiary.  These contracts  generally involve the exchange of
one  currency  for  another at a future date and  specified  exchange  rate.  At
September  30,  1999 and 1998,  the  Company had  approximately  $1,550,000  and
$2,200,000,  respectively,  of outstanding  forward  exchange  contracts to sell
British pounds. Such contracts have maturities of less than one year.

The Company's purchases of Japanese sourced products through CBC Company,  Ltd.,
a related  party,  are  denominated  in Japanese yen. At September 30, 1999, the
Company had approximately  $1,059,000 of outstanding  forward exchange contracts
to purchase  Japanese yen. At September  30, 1998,  the Company did not have any
forward exchange contracts to purchase Japanese yen.

The Company received notice from a competitor asserting that certain of the
Company's products infringe upon a patent it allegedly owns and is seeking
royalties on the Company's sales of such products.  The Company is reviewing
the claim and believes that it has good defenses in this matter.  No assurance
can be given that this matter will be resolved in the Company's favor and no
reasonable estimate of potential loss, if any, can be made at this time.


                                           - 46 -
<PAGE>


NOTE 12.  Related Party Transactions

As of  September  30, 1999,  CBC Company,  Ltd.  and  affiliates  ("CBC")  owned
approximately  12.0% of the Company's  outstanding  common  stock.  The Company,
which has been conducting business with CBC for approximately 20 years,  imports
certain finished products and components through CBC and also sells its products
to CBC who  resells the  products in certain  Asian and  European  markets.  The
Company purchased  approximately $5.4 million,  $5.3 million and $7.1 million of
products  and  components  from  CBC in  fiscal  years  1999,  1998,  and  1997,
respectively,  and the Company sold $1.3 million,  $4.1 million and $2.7 million
of  product  to CBC for  distribution  in fiscal  years  1999,  1998,  and 1997,
respectively.  At September  30, 1999 and 1998,  the Company  owed  $955,000 and
$652,000,  respectively, to CBC and CBC owed $27,000 and $491,000, respectively,
to the Company resulting from purchases of products.

As of September 30, 1999, Mr. Chu S. Chun had voting control over  approximately
4.5% of the Company's  outstanding  common stock. Mr. Chun  beneficially  owns a
controlling  interest  in Chun Shin  Electronics,  Inc.  (CSE),  a South  Korean
supplier  of  certain of the  Company's  products  (see Note 3).  Mr.  Chun also
controls  International  Industries,  Inc. (I.I.I.), a U.S. based company, which
arranges the  importation of all the Company's  products  purchased  directly or
indirectly  from CSE.  During fiscal years 1999 and 1998, the Company  purchased
approximately  $5.7 million and $8.0 million of products from CSE through I.I.I.
under this agreement.  In addition,  the Company sold approximately $535,000 and
$344,000 of its products to I.I.I. in 1999 and 1998, respectively, for resale to
CSE. At  September  30,  1999 and 1998,  I.I.I.  owed the Company  approximately
$238,000 and $59,000, respectively.































                                           - 47 -
<PAGE>


                          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(Unaudited)



                                                           Earnings Per Share
                                                           ------------------
  Quarter          Net            Gross           Net
   Ended          Sales           Profit         Income      Basic     Diluted
  -------         -----           ------         ------      -----     -------

Fiscal 1999
December       $17,128,000     $ 5,609,000    $ 1,060,000   $ .24       $ .23
March           17,500,000       5,895,000      1,161,000     .26         .25
June            19,493,000       6,614,000      1,346,000     .30         .28
September       19,293,000       6,581,000      1,193,000     .26         .25
               -----------     -----------    -----------   -----       -----
Total          $73,414,000     $24,699,000    $ 4,760,000   $1.05       $1.01
               ===========     ===========    ===========   =====       =====



Fiscal 1998
December       $14,874,000      $4,628,000    $ 1,009,000   $ .34       $ .31
March           14,731,000       4,826,000      1,154,000     .38         .35
June            16,106,000       5,451,000      1,575,000     .40         .38
September       17,599,000       5,927,000      2,072,000     .46         .44
               -----------     -----------    -----------   -----       -----
 Total         $63,310,000     $20,832,000    $ 5,810,000   $1.61       $1.50
               ===========     ===========    ===========   =====       =====




The Company has not declared or paid cash  dividends on its common stock for any
of the foregoing  periods.  Additionally,  certain loan agreements  restrict the
payment of any cash dividends in future periods.

Because of changes in the number of common shares  outstanding  and market price
fluctuations  affecting outstanding stock options, the sum of quarterly earnings
per share may not equal the earnings per share for the full year.




















                                           - 48 -
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE I




                     VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


                 Years ended September 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997



                              Balance at   Charged to              Balance
                              beginning    costs and               at end
     Description              of period    expenses    Deductions  of period
     -----------              ---------    ----------  ----------  ---------
Reserves and allowances
  deducted from asset
  accounts:

Allowance for uncollectible
  accounts:



September 30, 1999            $694,000     $290,000    $166,000   $818,000
                              ========     ========    ========   ========

September 30, 1998            $493,000     $285,000    $ 84,000   $694,000
                              ========     ========    ========   ========

September 30, 1997            $396,000     $273,000    $176,000   $493,000
                              ========     ========    ========   ========
























                                           - 49 -
<PAGE>









                                       SIGNATURES


Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

By Kenneth M. Darby                             By John M. Badke
   -------------------------                       -------------------------
   Kenneth M. Darby                                John M. Badke
   Chairman                                        Vice President, Finance
   (Chief Executive Officer)                       (Chief Financial Officer)

December 29, 1999

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed  below by the  following  persons in the  capacities  and on the
dates indicated:

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


Kenneth M. Darby                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Kenneth M. Darby          Chairman and CEO             Date

Chu S. Chun                                            December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Chu S. Chun               Director                     Date

Milton F. Gidge                                        December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Milton F. Gidge           Director                     Date

Peter F. Neumann                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Peter F. Neumann          Director                     Date

W. Gregory Robertson                                   December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
W. Gregory Robertson      Director                     Date

Arthur D. Roche                                        December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Arthur D. Roche           Director                     Date

Kazuyoshi Sudo                                         December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Kazuyoshi Sudo            Director                     Date











                                           - 50 -
<PAGE>


                                         SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


By                                             By
Kenneth M. Darby                               John M. Badke
Chairman                                       Vice President, Finance
(Chief Executive Officer)                      (Chief Financial Officer)

December 29, 1999

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed  below by the  following  persons in the  capacities  and on the
dates indicated:

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Kenneth M. Darby          Chairman and CEO             Date

                                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Chu S. Chun               Director                     Date

                                                       December  29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Milton F. Gidge           Director                     Date

                                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Peter F. Neumann          Director                     Date

                                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
W. Gregory Robertson      Director                     Date

                                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Arthur D. Roche           Director                     Date

                                                       December 29, 1999
- ---------------------                                  ---------------------
Kazuyoshi Sudo            Director                     Date
                                           - 50 -


<PAGE>

                 EMPLOYMENT AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT


           AGREEMENT,  dated as of  October 1,  1999,  between  KENNETH M. DARBY
(hereinafter called "Darby") and VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., a New York corporation,
having its principal  place of business at 89 Arkay Drive,  Hauppauge,  New York
11788 (hereinafter called the "Company").
        WHEREAS, Darby has previously been employed by the Company, and
        WHEREAS,  the Company and Darby mutually desire to assure the
continuation of Darby's  services to the Company,
          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the  mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
            1. Employment. The Company shall employ Darby as its Chief Executive
Officer and President  throughout the term of this Agreement,  and Darby accepts
such employment.
            2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of
this Agreement and expire on September 30, 2004.
            3. Compensation.
               A.  The  Company shall pay Darby a base salary of $285,000 per
annum, subject to adjustment as provided in subsection B.
               B.  Prior to September 15 of each succeeding year, Darby's base
salary shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
and shall be fixed for the year commencing October 1 of such year by agreement
between Darby and the Board of Directors, but in any event shall not be less
than the base salary for the one year period then ending.

<PAGE>

               C.  Darby's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-weekly.
               D.  Darby shall also be entitled  to full fee for service family
medical, dental, and hospital coverage and long term disability insurance.
            4. Extent and Places of Services; Vacation
               A. Darby shall establish  operating policy and direct,  supervise
and oversee the  operations  of the  Company.  He shall advise and report to the
Board of  Directors.  Darby  shall  also  assume  and  perform  such  additional
reasonable responsibilities and duties as the Board of Directors and he may from
time to time agree upon.
               B. Darby shall devote his full time, attention, and energies to
the business of the Company.
               C. Darby shall not be required to perform his services outside
the Hauppauge, New York area or such other area on Long Island, New York as
shall contain the location of the Company's headquarters.
               D. The Company shall provide Darby with office space,  secretary,
telephones and other office facilities appropriate to his duties.
               E. Darby  shall be  entitled to one  month's  paid  vacation  per
annum.
            5. Covenant not to Compete.  Darby agrees that during the term of
this Agreement and for a period of five years thereafter  unless the
Company  shall  breach  this  agreement,  he shall not  directly  or  indirectly
anywhere in the world engage in, or


                                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

enter the  employment of or render any services to any other entity  engaged in,
any  business  of a  similar  nature  to or in  competition  with the  Company's
business of designing,  manufacturing  and selling CCTV  security  equipment and
protection devices anywhere in the United States, Europe and Asia. Darby further
acknowledges  that the services to be rendered  under this  Agreement by him are
special,  unique,  and of extraordinary  character and that a material breach by
him of this section  will cause the Company to suffer  irreparable  damage;  and
Darby  agrees  that in  addition  to any other  remedy,  this  section  shall be
enforceable  by negative or affirmative  preliminary or permanent  injunction in
any Court of competent jurisdiction.
          6.   Termination Payment on Change of Control.
               A.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  if a
"Change of Control"  occurs  without the prior  written  consent of the Board of
Directors,  Darby, at his option,  may elect to terminate his obligations  under
this Agreement and to receive a termination  payment,  without reduction for any
offset or mitigation,  in an amount equal to three times his average annual base
salary for the five years preceding the Change of Control, in either lump sum or
extended payments over three years as Darby shall elect.
               B.  A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have
occurred if (i) any entity  shall  directly or  indirectly  acquire a beneficial
ownership of 20% (or in the case of Chugai Boyeki Co.,  Ltd. and its  affiliates
35%) or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company or (ii) a
majority  of the  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  or any
successor by merger or
                                       - 3 -
<PAGE>

assignment of assets or otherwise, shall be persons other than Directors on the
date of this Agreement.
               C. Darby's option to elect to terminate his obligations and to
receive a termination payment and to elect to receive a lump sum or extended
payments may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the Company within
90 days following the date on which Darby receives actual notice of Change of
Control.
               D. If Darby elects to receive  lump sum  payment,  such  payment
shall be made  within 30 days of the  Company's  receipt  of  Darby's  notice of
election.
            7.    Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
                  A.  If either (i) this Agreement expires,  or (ii) the Company
terminates Darby's employment under this Agreement for reasons other than "Gross
Misconduct",or  (iii)  with the  consent of the Board of  Directors  a Change of
Control as defined in paragraph 6 B. shall occur, or (iv) the Company executes a
"Company  Sale  Agreement"  then Darby,  at his  option,  may elect to receive a
severance payment, without reduction for any offset or mitigation,  in an amount
equal to (a) one-twelfth his annual base salary at the time of such  termination
multiplied by (b) the number of full years of his  employment to the end of this
Agreement by the Company up to a maximum of 24 years, payable in either lump sum
or extended payments as Darby shall elect.
                  B.  "Company Sale Agreement" means an agreement to
 which  the  Company  is a party  that  contemplates  that more than half of the
assets of the Company are transferred to another entity or

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>

that upon  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by such agreement,  a
Change of Control as defined in paragraph 6 shall occur or have occurred.
               C. In the event of an election under paragraph 7, payment of such
severance  payment  shall  be in  lieu  of any  obligation  of the  Company  for
termination payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement,
if any.
               D. "Gross  Misconduct"  shall mean (a) a wilful,  substantial
and  unjustifiable  refusal to  perform  substantially  the duties and  services
required by this  Agreement  to be  performed;  (b) fraud,  misappropriation  or
embezzlement  involving the Company or its assets; or (c) conviction of a felony
involving moral turpitude.
               E.  Darby's  option to elect to receive a severance  payment
and to elect to receive lump sum or extended  payments may be exercised  only by
written  notice  delivered to the Company  within 90 days  following the date on
which this  Agreement  expires or on which Darby  receives  actual notice of the
existence of any other  condition  referred to in paragraph  7A, except that, in
the case of the Company's execution of a Company Sale Agreement,  Darby's option
may be exercised at any time prior to the closing under such  agreement and such
termination shall be effective as of such closing.
                     If Darby elects to receive lump sum payment,
such payment shall be made within 30 days of the Company's receipt
of Darby's  notice of such  election,  except that, in the case of the Company's
execution of a Company Sale  Agreement,  the payment shall be made no later than
the time of closing under such agreement.
                                       - 5 -
<PAGE>

               G. Payment of termination  or severance  payment shall not affect
the Company's obligations under any other agreement with Darby.
          8.   Deferred Compensation.
               A. 70,647  shares of the  Company's  common stock now held by the
Company as treasury  shares (the  "Deferred  Compensation  Shares") shall be set
aside and held by the  Company  for  future  distribution  to Darby  under  this
paragraph.
               B.  As  deferred  compensation,  and in  addition  to all  other
compensation payable to Darby, the Deferred Compensation Shares shall become the
property  of Darby,  and the Company  shall  deliver  the  certificates  for the
Deferred Compensation Shares to Darby (or his executor or administrator), on the
Transfer  Date,  registered  in Darby's  name,  within 10 days  thereafter.  The
Transfer Date shall be the earliest of (i) the date of Darby's  death;  (ii) the
date as of which  Darby's  employment by the Company  involuntarily  terminates;
(iii) the date of execution of a Company Sale  Agreement as defined in paragraph
7; (iv) the  occurrence of a Change of Control as defined in paragraph 6; or (v)
expiration of this Agreement (including any replacement agreement).
                     Notwithstanding any other provision of this
paragraph,  Darby shall not be entitled to any Deferred  Compensation  Shares if
the  Company  terminates  this  Agreement  for Gross  Misconduct  as  defined in
paragraph 7.
                     Prior to the Transfer Date, Darby's rights to
the Deferred  Compensation  Shares shall not be  transferrable  and the Treasury
Shares shall be the property of the Company.
                                       - 6 -
<PAGE>

     E. Darby  represents  that he will be acquiring  the Deferred  Compensation
Shares for investment  only and without a view to the  distribution  thereof and
that the Deferred  Compensation  Shares,  when  delivered to him, may constitute
restricted  stock  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  and  the  regulations
thereunder,  and that the certificates  therefor shall bear such legend relating
to this subparagraph as the Company shall reasonably require.
           9. Death or  Disability.  The Company may terminate this Agreement if
during  the term of this  Agreement  (a)  Darby  dies or (b)  Darby  becomes  so
disabled for a period of six months that he is  substantially  unable to perform
his duties under this  Agreement  for such period.  Such  termination  shall not
release the Company from any liability to Darby for compensation  earned, or for
termination or severance due in accordance with paragraph
7 herein.
Agreement  termination under this paragraph shall not be deemed a termination of
employment for Gross Misconduct.
          10.  Arbitration.  Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of,  or
relating  to  this  Agreement,  or the  breach  thereof,  shall  be  settled  by
arbitration in the City of New York in accordance with the rules of the American
Arbitration then in effect, and judgement upon the award rendered be entered and
enforced in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

          11.  Miscellaneous.
                      Except for any deferred compensation
agreement,  retirement plan or stock options previously granted,  this Agreement
contains the entire agreement between the parties

                                       - 7 -
<PAGE>

and  supersedes  all prior  agreements  by the  parties  relating to the term of
Darby's employment by the Company,  however,  it does not restrict or limit such
other  benefits  as the Board of  Directors  may  determine  to  provide or make
available to Darby.
                    B.This  agreement  may not be waived,  changed,  modified or
discharged orally, but only by agreement in writing, signed by the party against
whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
                    C.This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of New York
applicable to contracts  between New York  residents and made and to be entirely
performed in New York.
                    D.If any part of this Agreement is held to be  unenforceable
by any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  the  remaining  provisions  of this
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
                    E.This  Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit  of,  and be
binding upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.
       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement.
                                          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                       By
Kenneth M. Darby                           Peter F. Neumann
                                           Chairman
                                           Compensation Committee
Date:







                                       - 8 -





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


           AGREEMENT,   dated  as  of  October  1,  1999,  between  JOHN  ECKMAN
(hereinafter   called  "Eckman")  and  VICON   INDUSTRIES,   INC.,  a  New  York
corporation,  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at  89  Arkay  Drive,
Hauppauge, New York 11788 (hereinafter called the "Company").
          WHEREAS, Eckman has previously been employed by the Company, and
          WHEREAS,  the Company and Eckman mutually desire to assure the
continuation of Eckman's services to the Company,
          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the  mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
            1. Employment. The Company shall employ Eckman as its Vice President
- - Sales  throughout the term of this  Agreement,  and Eckman hereby accepts such
employment.
            2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of
this  Agreement and end on September 30, 2001 unless  terminated  earlier by the
Company for cause.
            3. Compensation.
               A.  The Company shall pay Eckman a base salary
of $135,000  per annum,  subject to periodic  adjustment  as  determined  by the
President  of the Company  with Board of  Directors  approval,  but in any event
shall not be less than the base salary so indicated.

<PAGE>

               B.   Eckman's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-weekly.
               C.   Eckman  shall also be  entitled to  participate  in any life
insurance, medical, dental, hospital, disability, 401(k) or other benefit plans
as may from time to time be made available to non-executive officers of the
Company, subject to the general eligibility requirements of such plans.
             4. Covenant not to Compete. Eckman agrees that during the term of
this Agreement and for a period of two years  thereafter,  he shall not directly
or  indirectly  within  the  United  States  or Europe  engage  in, or enter the
employment  of or render  any  services  to any other  entity  engaged  in,  any
business of a similar nature to or in competition with the Company's business of
designing,  manufacturing  and selling CCTV security  equipment  and  protection
devices  anywhere in the United States and Europe.  Eckman further  acknowledges
that the  services  to be  rendered  under this  Agreement  by him are  special,
unique, and of extraordinary character and that a material breach by him of this
section will cause the Company to suffer  irreparable  damage; and Eckman agrees
that in addition to any other  remedy,  this  section  shall be  enforceable  by
negative or  affirmative  preliminary  or permanent  injunction  in any Court of
competent  jurisdiction.  Eckman  acknowledges that he may only be released from
this covenant if the Company  materially  breach's this  agreement or provides a
written release of this provision.
             5.    Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
               A.  If either this Agreement expires, or the Company terminates
Eckman's   employment  under  this  Agreement  for  reasons  other  than  "Gross
Misconduct", then Eckman, at his option, may

                                       - 2 -
<PAGE>

elect to  receive  severance  payments  except in the case of  disability  under
paragraph 7, without reduction for any offset or mitigation,  in an amount equal
to (a) one-twelfth  Eckman's annual base salary at the time of such  termination
multiplied by (b) the number of full years of Eckman's employment by the Company
which shall be no less than three years and up to a maximum of 6 years.
               B. "Gross  Misconduct"  shall mean (a) a wilful,  substantial and
unjustifiable  refusal or inability due to drug or alcohol impairment to perform
substantially  the duties and  services  required  of his  position;  (b) fraud,
misappropriation  or  embezzlement  involving the Company or its assets;  or (c)
conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude.
               C. Eckman's option to elect to receive severance  payments may be
exercised  only by  written  notice  delivered  to the  Company  within  90 days
following the date on which Eckman receives actual notice of termination or this
Agreement expires, as the case may be.
               D. In the event of an  election  under this  section,  payment of
such  severance  shall be in lieu of any other  obligation  of the  Company  for
severance payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement if
any.
               E. The severance  amount  determined in 5A above shall be paid in
equal monthly payments over the number of full years of Eckman's employment.
        6.     Termination Payment on Change of Control.
               A.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, if a "Change of Control" occurs without the consent of

                                       - 3 -
<PAGE>

the Board of  Directors,  Eckman,  at his  option,  may elect to  terminate  his
obligations under this Agreement and to receive a termination  payment,  without
reduction  for any offset or  mitigation,  in an amount equal to three times his
average annual base salary for the five years preceding the Change of Control or
shorter  period of actual  employment,  in either lump sum or extended  payments
over three years as Eckman shall elect.
               B. A "Change of Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if any
entity shall directly or indirectly acquire beneficial  ownership of 50% or more
of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.
               C. Eckman's  option to elect to terminate his  obligations and to
receive a  termination  payment  and to elect to receive a lump sum or  extended
payments may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the Company within
90 days following the date on which Eckman  receives  actual notice of Change of
Control.

        7.  Death or Disability.  The Company may terminate this
Agreement at its sole option and  determination  without liability for severance
payments under  paragraph 5 if during the term of this Agreement (a) Eckman dies
or (b)  Eckman  becomes  so  disabled  for a  period  of six  months  that he is
substantially unable to perform his duties under this Agreement for such period.
The Company shall be the sole judge of such disability.
        8. Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to
this Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled by arbitration in the
City of New York in accordance with
                                       - 4 -
<PAGE>

the rules of the American  Arbitration  then in effect,  and judgement  upon the
award rendered be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
        9.  Miscellaneous.
            A.  Except for stock options  previously  granted,  this Agreement
contains  the entire  agreement  between the parties  and  supersedes  all prior
agreements by the parties  relating to payments by the Company upon  involuntary
employment  termination with or without cause,  however, it does not restrict or
limit such other  benefits as the  President  may  determine  to provide or make
available to Eckman.
            B.  This  agreement  may  not be  waived,  changed,  modified  or
discharged orally, but only by agreement in writing, signed by the party against
whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
            C.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of New York State
applicable  to  contracts  between New York State  residents  and made and to be
entirely performed in New York State.
            D.  If any part of this Agreement is held to be  unenforceable  by
any court of competent jurisdiction,  the remaining provisions of this Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect.
            E.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding
upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.




                                       - 5 -
<PAGE>

        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement.

                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                       By
John Eckman                                Kenneth M. Darby
Vice President - Sales                     President
                                           Vicon Industries, Inc.






























                                       - 6 -






                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


            AGREEMENT,   dated  as  of  October  1,  1999,  between  PETER  HORN
(hereinafter called "Horn") and VICON INDUSTRIES,  INC., a New York corporation,
having its principal  place of business at 89 Arkay Drive,  Hauppauge,  New York
11788 (hereinafter called the "Company").
            WHEREAS, Horn has previously been employed by the Company, and
            WHEREAS, the Company and Horn mutually desire to assure the
continuation of Horn's services to the Company,
            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and the mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
            1.  Employment.  The Company shall employ Horn as its Vice President
of Quality Assurance and Compliance  throughout the term of this Agreement,  and
Horn hereby accepts such employment.
            2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of
this Agreement and end on September 30, 2001, unless  terminated  earlier by the
Company for cause.
            3. Compensation.
               A. The Company shall pay Horn a base salary
of $130,000  per annum,  subject to periodic  adjustment  as  determined  by the
President  of the Company  with Board of  Directors  approval,  but in any event
shall not be less than the base salary so indicated.  Beginning  October 1, 1999
to the end of this  agreement,  the base salary  shall be adjusted  upward by an
amount at least equal to the Consumer Price Index - All Urban  Consumers  factor
for the previous twelve months.

<PAGE>

                B. Horn's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-weekly.
                C. Horn  shall also be entitled to participate in any life
insurance, medical, dental, hospital, disability or other benefit plans as may
from time to time be made available to non-executive officers of the Company,
subject to the general eligibility requirements of such plans.
             4.  Covenant not to Compete.  Horn agrees that during the term of
this Agreement and for a period  thereafter  equal to the length of severance as
calculated  in  paragraph  5A, he shall not  directly or  indirectly  within the
United  States or Europe  engage  in, or enter the  employment  of or render any
services to any other entity  engaged in, any business of a similar nature to or
in  competition  with the Company's  business of designing,  manufacturing,  and
selling security  equipment and protection devices anywhere in the United States
and Europe.  Horn further  acknowledges  that the services to be rendered  under
this Agreement by him are special,  unique,  and of extraordinary  character and
that a material  breach by him of this  section will cause the Company to suffer
irreparable  damage; and Horn agrees that in addition to any other remedy,  this
section shall be enforceable by negative or affirmative preliminary or permanent
injunction in any Court of competent jurisdiction. Horn acknowledges that he may
only be released  from this  covenant if the Company  materially  breech's  this
agreement or provides a written release of this provision.

                                       - 2 -


<PAGE>


    5.      Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
            A. If either this Agreement  expires,  or the Company  terminates
Horn's   employment   under  this   Agreement  for  reasons  other  than  "Gross
Misconduct",  then Horn, at his option, may elect to receive severance payments,
without  reduction  for any  offset or  mitigation,  in an  amount  equal to (a)
one-twelfth Horn's annual base salary at the time of such termination multiplied
by (b) the  number of full  years of Horn's  employment  by the  Company up to a
maximum of 24 years.
            B. "Gross  Misconduct"  shall mean (a) a wilful,  substantial and
unjustifiable  refusal or inability due to drug or alcohol impairment to perform
substantially  the duties and  services  required  of his  position;  (b) fraud,
misappropriation  or  embezzlement  involving the Company or its assets;  or (c)
conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude.
               Horn's  option  to elect to  receive  severance  payments  may be
exercised  only by  written  notice  delivered  to the  Company  within  90 days
following the date on which Horn's receives actual notice of termination or this
Agreement expires, as the case may be.
               In the event of an election  under this section,  payment of such
severance shall be in lieu of any other  obligation of the Company for severance
payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement if any.
               The severance amount shall be paid in equal monthly payments over
a 12 month period.



                                       - 3 -
<PAGE>

        6.  Termination Payment on Change of Control.
            A.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  if a
"Change of Control" occurs without the consent of the Board of Directors,  Horn,
at his option,  may elect to terminate his obligations  under this Agreement and
to  receive  a  termination  payment,   without  reduction  for  any  offset  or
mitigation, in an amount equal to three times his average annual base salary for
the five years  preceding the Change of Control,  in either lump sum or extended
payments over three years as Horn shall elect.
            B. A "Change of Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if any
entity shall directly or indirectly acquire beneficial  ownership of 50% or more
of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.
            C. Horn's  option to elect to terminate  his  obligations  and to
receive a  termination  payment  and to elect to receive a lump sum or  extended
payments may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the Company within
90 days  following  the date on which Horn  receives  actual notice of Change of
Control.
        7. Death or Disability.  The Company may terminate this Agreement at its
sole option and determination if during the term of this Agreement (a) Horn dies
or (b)  Horn  becomes  so  disabled  for a  period  of  six  months  that  he is
substantially unable to perform his duties under this Agreement for such period.
The Company shall be the sole judge of whether Horn is disabled or not.




                                       - 4 -
<PAGE>

        8. Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to
this Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled by arbitration in the
City of New York in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  then
in effect,  and judgement upon the award rendered be entered and enforced in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
        9. Miscellaneous.
           A.  Except for stock options  previously  granted,  this Agreement
contains  the entire  agreement  between the parties  and  supersedes  all prior
agreements by the parties  relating to payments by the Company upon  involuntary
employment  termination with or without cause,  however, it does not restrict or
limit such other  benefits as the  President  may  determine  to provide or make
available to Horn.
           B.  This  agreement  may  not be  waived,  changed,  modified  or
discharged orally, but only by agreement in writing, signed by the party against
whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
           C. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of New York State
applicable  to  contracts  between New York State  residents  and made and to be
entirely performed in New York State.
           D. If any part of this Agreement is held to be  unenforceable  by
any court of competent jurisdiction,  the remaining provisions of this Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect.

                                       - 5 -


<PAGE>


            E.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding
upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.

        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement.

                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                       By
Peter Horn                                 Kenneth M. Darby
Vice President - Operations                President
                                           Vicon Industries, Inc.

Date:                                    Date:





























                                        - 6 -





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

            AGREEMENT,  dated as of  October 1, 1999,  between  YACOV  PSHTISSKY
(hereinafter  called  "Pshtissky")  and  VICON  INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  a  New  York
corporation,  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at  89  Arkay  Drive,
Hauppauge, New York 11788 (hereinafter called the "Company").
            WHEREAS, Pshtissky has previously been employed by the Company, and
            WHEREAS,  the Company and  Pshtissky  mutually  desire to assure the
continuation  of  Pshtissky's services to the Company,
            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and the mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
            1.  Employment.  The  Company  shall  employ  Pshtissky  as its Vice
President of Technology and  Development  throughout the term of this Agreement,
and Pshtissky hereby accepts such employment.
            2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of
this Agreement and end on September 30, 2001, unless  terminated  earlier by the
Company for cause.
            3. Compensation.
               A.  The Company shall pay Pshtissky a base salary
of $130,000  per annum,  subject to periodic  adjustment  as  determined  by the
President  of the Company  with Board of  Directors  approval,  but in any event
shall not be less than the base salary so indicated.  Beginning  October 1, 1999
to the end of this  agreement,  the base salary  shall be adjusted  upward by an
amount at least equal to the Consumer Price Index - All Urban  Consumers  factor
for the previous twelve months.

<PAGE>

              B.  Pshtissky's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-weekly.
              C.  Pshtissky  shall also be entitled to participate in any life
insurance, medical, dental, hospital, disability or other benefit plans as may
from time to time be made available to non-executive officers of the Company,
subject to the general eligibility requirements of such plans.
            4. Covenant not to Compete. Pshtissky agrees that during the term
of this Agreement and for a period  thereafter  equal to the length of severance
as calculated  in paragraph  5A, he shall not directly or indirectly  within the
United  States or Europe,  or enter the  employment of or render any services to
any  other  entity  engaged  in,  any  business  of a  similar  nature  to or in
competition with the Company's business of designing, manufacturing, and selling
security  equipment  and  protection  devices in the United  States and  Europe.
Pshtissky  further  acknowledges  that the  services to be  rendered  under this
Agreement by him are special,  unique, and of extraordinary character and that a
material  breach  by him of this  section  will  cause  the  Company  to  suffer
irreparable  damage;  and Pshtissky agrees that in addition to any other remedy,
this section shall be  enforceable  by negative or  affirmative  preliminary  or
permanent  injunction  in  any  Court  of  competent   jurisdiction.   Pshtissky
acknowledges  that he may only be  released  from this  covenant  if the Company
materially  breech's  this  agreement  or  provides  a written  release  of this
provision.

                                       - 2 -


<PAGE>


          5.   Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
               A. If either this Agreement  expires,  or the Company  terminates
Pshtissky's  employment  under this  Agreement  for  reasons  other than  "Gross
Misconduct",  then  Pshtissky,  at his  option,  may elect to receive  severance
payments,  without reduction for any offset or mitigation, in an amount equal to
(a) one-twelfth  Pshtissky's  annual base salary at the time of such termination
multiplied  by (b) the number of full  years of  Pshtissky's  employment  by the
Company up to a maximum of 24 years.
               B. "Gross  Misconduct"  shall mean (a) a wilful,  substantial and
unjustifiable  refusal or inability due to drug or alcohol impairment to perform
substantially  the duties and  services  required  of his  position;  (b) fraud,
misappropriation  or  embezzlement  involving the Company or its assets;  or (c)
conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude.
               Pshtissky's option to elect to receive a severance payment may be
exercised  only by  written  notice  delivered  to the  Company  within  90 days
following the date on which  Pshtissky  receives actual notice of termination or
this Agreement expires, as the case may be.
               In the event of an election  under this section,  payment of such
severance shall be in lieu of any other  obligation of the Company for severance
payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement if any.
               The severance amount shall be paid in equal monthly payments over
 a 12 month period.
                                       - 3 -


<PAGE>


        6.     Termination Payment on Change of Control.
               A.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement,  if a
"Change of  Control"  occurs  without  the  consent  of the Board of  Directors,
Pshtissky,  at his option,  may elect to terminate  his  obligations  under this
Agreement and to receive a termination payment, without reduction for any offset
or mitigation,  in an amount equal to three times his average annual base salary
for the five  years  preceding  the  Change of  Control,  in either  lump sum or
extended payments over three years as Pshtissky shall elect.
               B. A "Change of Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if any
entity shall directly or indirectly acquire beneficial  ownership of 50% or more
of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.
               C.  Pshtissky's  option to elect to terminate his obligations and
to receive a termination  payment and to elect to receive a lump sum or extended
payments may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the Company within
90 days following the date on which  Pshtissky  receives actual notice of Change
of Control.
        7. Death or Disability.  The Company may terminate this Agreement at its
sole option and determination if during the term of this Agreement (a) Pshtissky
dies or (b) Pshtissky  becomes so disabled for a period of six months that he is
substantially unable to perform his duties under this Agreement for such period.
The Company shall be the sole judge of whether Pshtissky is disabled or not.

                                       - 4 -
<PAGE>

        8. Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to
this Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled by arbitration in the
City of New York in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  then
in effect,  and judgement upon the award rendered be entered and enforced in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
        9. Miscellaneous.
           A.  Except for stock options  previously  granted,  this Agreement
contains  the entire  agreement  between the parties  and  supersedes  all prior
agreements by the parties  relating to payments by the Company upon  involuntary
employment  termination with or without cause,  however, it does not restrict or
limit such other  benefits as the  President  may  determine  to provide or make
available to Pshtissky.
            B.  This  agreement  may  not be  waived,  changed,  modified  or
discharged orally, but only by agreement in writing, signed by the party against
whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
            C.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of New York State
applicable  to  contracts  between New York State  residents  and made and to be
entirely performed in New York State.
            D.  If any part of this Agreement is held to be  unenforceable  by
any court of competent jurisdiction,  the remaining provisions of this Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect.

                                       - 5 -
<PAGE>

             E. This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding
upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.

        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement.

                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                       By
Yacov Pshtissky                            Kenneth M. Darby
Vice President - New Technology            President
 and Development                           Vicon Industries, Inc.

Date:                                       Date:

































                                       - 6 -



                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


        STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of July 30,  1999,  between  VICON
INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  a New York  corporation  whose  address  is 89 Arkay  Drive,
Hauppauge,  New York 11788 ("Purchaser") and ISAAC GERSHONI, whose address is 97
Taylor Drive, Closter, New Jersey 07624 ("Seller").

               The parties agree as follows:

               1.  Purchase  and Sale of Stock  Based upon the  representations,
warranties,  and agreements contained in this Agreement and subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  at the Closing Date, as defined in
Section 3, Seller shall sell,  transfer and deliver to Purchaser,  and Purchaser
shall purchase and accept from Seller,  all of the issued and outstanding shares
of TeleSite U.S.A., Inc.  ("TeleSite"),  free and clear of all claims, liens and
encumbrances.

               The shares to be sold, transferred and delivered to Purchaser are
referred  to as the  "TeleSite  Stock."  TeleSite  and Q.S.R.  Ltd.,  an Israeli
corporation ("QSR"), are referred to as the "Acquired Companies."

               2. Purchase  Price and Method of Payments.  The purchase price to
be paid by  Purchaser  to Seller  for the  TeleSite  Stock  shall be  $2,000,000
payable and adjusted as follows:

                      (a) At the Closing, Purchaser will pay $1,000,000 to
Seller, by certified check, or by wire transfer to a bank account in New York
designated by Seller at least 3 days prior to the Closing.

                      (b) At the  Closing,  Purchaser  will pay  $1,000,000,  in
escrow, pursuant to an escrow agreement as provided in Section 3B(c), to the
escrow agent specified therein.

                      (c)  Purchaser  will also pay to Seller an amount equal to
30% of the Sales Increase for each of the Measuring Periods.

                      (d) For purposes of Section 2(c):

                             (i)   Sales Increase for any Measuring Period shall
mean the amount by which Consolidated Sales of the Acquired Companies in any
Measuring Period exceeds Consolidated Sales of the Acquired Companies in the
immediately proceeding 12 month period.




<PAGE>




                             (ii) Consolidated Sales shall be the sum of:

                                    (a)     Sales of the Acquired Companies
(exclusive of all intercompany sales, and exclusive of sales to Purchaser); and

                                    (b)     the amount obtained by multiplying
Purchaser's unit sales of the Acquired Companies' products by 85% of the
Purchaser's best published dealer price for such products (currently Dealer VIP
level).

                             (iii) The Measuring  Periods shall be each of three
successive 12 month periods.

                             (iv) The first Measuring  Period shall start on the
first day of the calendar quarter that begins nearest the date that is six
months after the Closing Date.

                             (v)  Payments in respect of any Measuring Period
shall be made within 90 days after the end of such period.

                             (vi) Seller has no obligation to pay Purchaser if
the Sales Increase is a negative amount.

               3.     The Closing.

                      A.     The Closing shall be held on the date hereof
immediately  following the execution  hereof at the offices of  Purchaser's
attorneys,  Schoeman,  Updike & Kaufman, LLP, 60 East 42nd Street, New York, New
York  10165,  or at such other time and place as may be fixed by mutual  written
agreement  of  Purchaser  and  Seller.   The  date  and  event  of  closing  are
respectively referred to in this Agreement as the "Closing Date" and "Closing."

                      B.     At the Closing:

                      (a)    Seller shall deliver to Purchaser:

                             (i)    the stock certificates for all of the
outstanding  stock of TeleSite  duly endorsed for transfer to Purchaser and
with all requisite stock transfer stamps attached;

                             (ii)   written resignations, effective as of the
Closing, of all directors of the Acquired Companies;



<PAGE>


                             (iii) employment agreements in the form attached as
Exhibit 3B(a)(iii) executed by Seller and Yigal Abiri, respectively;

                             (iv)   the certificates, opinions and other matters
required by Section 6.

                      (b) Purchaser shall deliver to Seller:

                             (i)    option grant letter to be issued pursuant to
Purchaser's  1999  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option Plan for Seller to purchase
10,000  shares of  Purchaser's  Common Stock at fair market value on the Closing
Date; and

                             (ii) the wire transfer or check required by Section
2(a);

                             (iii) the employment agreement in the form attached
as Exhibit 3(b)(iii) executed by Purchaser; and

                             (iv) the other matters required by Section 7.

                      (c)  Purchaser  and Seller shall  deliver to each other an
Escrow  Agreement  (the "Escrow  Agreement")  in the form of Exhibit  3B(c)
executed by them and by the Escrow Agent named therein (the "Escrow  Agent") and
Purchaser  shall  deliver  the payment  required  by Section  2(b) to the Escrow
Agent.

               4.  Representations and Warranties of Seller. To induce Purchaser
to enter into this Agreement,  Seller makes the  representations  and warranties
set forth below in subparagraphs (a) through (ee). Each of such  representations
and warranties shall be deemed to be  independently  material and relied upon by
Purchaser,  regardless of any  investigation  made by, or information  known to,
Purchaser.  Except as specifically  indicated,  none of such representations and
warranties is conditioned on or limited by Seller's knowledge or reason to know,
or the its lack of  knowledge of reason to know,  as to the fact so  represented
and warranted.



<PAGE>


                      (a)    Corporate Existence and Qualification.  TeleSite is
a corporation  duly organized  validly  existing and in good standing under
the laws of the  State  of New  Jersey.  QSR is a  corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of Israel.  Each of the
Acquired  Companies  has all  requisite  power and  authority  and all  material
governmental  licenses,  authorizations,  consents and approvals required to own
its  properties  and to conduct  its  business  as  presently  conducted  and as
presently  proposed to be  conducted.  Each of the  Acquired  Companies  is duly
qualified  to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good  standing in
each  jurisdiction  where the character of the property owned or leased by it or
the  nature  of  its  activities  makes  such  qualification  necessary,   which
jurisdictions  are listed on  Exhibit  4(a) to,  except for those  jurisdictions
where  the  failure  to  be so  qualified  would  not,  individually  or in  the
aggregate,  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  condition  (financial  or
otherwise),  business,  assets,  results of  operation or prospects (a "Material
Adverse  Effect").  Seller has  delivered  to the  Purchaser  true,  correct and
complete  copies of the Certificate of  Incorporation  and the Bylaws of each of
the Acquired Companies.

                      (b) Capitalization. Except as disclosed in Exhibit 4b(i):

                             (i)    the authorized capital stock of TeleSite
consists solely of 2,500 shares of common stock, no par value, all of which
are issued and outstanding,  all of which are owned by Seller, free and clear of
all claims, liens and encumbrances.

                             (ii)  As of the  Closing,  the  authorized  capital
stock of QSR shall  consist  solely of 27,000  Ordinary and 100  Management
Shares, par value NIS1 per share, of which 10 Management Shares and 251 Ordinary
Shares shall be issued and outstanding and 100% of which oustanding shares shall
be owned by  TeleSite  free and  clear of all  claims,  liens  and  encumbrances
(except for 1 Ordinary  Share owned by Yigal Abiri free and clear of all claims,
liens and encumbrances).

                             (iii) TeleSite has not (and as of the Closing,  QSR
will not  have)  issued  any  securities  except as set  forth  above.  All
outstanding  shares  of  TeleSite  have  been,  and,  as  of  the  Closing,  all
outstanding  shares of QSR will be, duly authorized and validly issued and fully
paid and  nonassessable and none was or will be issued in violation of any U.S.,
Israeli  or state  securities  law or any  other  legal  requirement.  As of the
Closing  Date,  there will be no  outstanding  subscriptions,  rights,  options,
warrants,  conversion  rights,  agreements  or other  claims for the purchase or
acquisition of any shares of stock of any of the Acquired Companies or any other
securities or obligating any of the Acquired  Companies to issue,  repurchase or
otherwise  acquire any shares of stock or any other securities or any securities
convertible into,  exercisable or exchangeable  for, or otherwise  entitling the
holder to  acquire  any  shares of stock or any other  securities  of any of the
Acquired Companies, except as disclosed on Exhibit 4b(iii).

                      (c) Right to  Transfer.  Seller  has good and valid  legal
title to the TeleSite Stock and full beneficial  ownership thereof and full
legal right and power to transfer and deliver to Purchaser the TeleSite Stock in
the manner provided in this  Agreement,  and upon delivery of the TeleSite Stock
against payment therefor at the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
Purchaser  will receive good and valid legal title  thereto and full  beneficial
ownership thereof, free and clear of all claims, liens or encumbrances.


<PAGE>


                      (d)    No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this
Agreement by Seller and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby  will not  violate  any  provision  of law,  order or  regulation  of any
governmental  authority,  or the  corporate  charter  or  by-laws  of any of the
Acquired  Companies or constitute a default under any judgment,  order or decree
of  any  court  of  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality,  or  conflict  or
constitute  a breach  or a  default  under  any  agreement  to which  any of the
Acquired Companies is a party or by which it is bound.

                      (e)    Financial Information. Attached as Exhibit 4(e)
are unaudited  balance sheets and  statements of income,  as of and for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 and the six month period ended June 30, 1999
for TeleSite,  and audited  balance  sheets and statements of loss as of and for
the fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and an  unaudited  balance
sheet and income  statement for the six month period ended June 30, 1999 for QSR
(collectively, the "Financial Statements"). The Financial Statements:

                             (1)  Have been prepared in accordance with the
respective books of account and records of the Acquired Companies.

                             (2)  Fairly  present  and are  true,  complete  and
correct statements of financial condition and the results of operations of  the
respective  Acquired  Companies,  as the case may be, as of and for the  periods
therein specified.

                             (3) Have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") consistently applied.

                             (4) Do not  include or omit to state any fact which
renders them misleading.

                             (5) Make full and adequate disclosure of
obligations and liabilities (fixed or contingent, known or unknown) of the
respective Acquired Companies.

                      (f)    Title to Assets, Real Property.   Each of the
Acquired  Companies  owns and has good and  marketable  title to all of its
assets, in each case, free and clear of liens, claims or restrictions, except as
shown in Exhibit 4(f). Neither of the Acquired Companies owns any real property.



<PAGE>


                      (g)  Agreements, Contracts, etc. Exhibit 4(g) lists all
agreements,  leases,  contracts,  commitments  and  obligations  relating  to or
affecting the assets or business of any of the Acquired Companies and Seller has
delivered a true copy of each such document to Purchaser.  All such  agreements,
leases, contracts, commitments and obligations are legally valid and binding and
are in full force and effect and there are no defaults  or breaches  thereunder,
and Seller is aware of any notice of default relating thereto.

                      (i)  Notes, Loans, etc.    Exhibit 4(i) lists all notes,
loans or  revolving  credit  agreements,  indentures,  mortgages,  deeds of
trust, security agreements, guaranty agreements, repurchase agreements, sale and
lease back agreements,  installment purchases,  capital leases, informal banking
arrangements  and any  other  documents  relating  to  long-term  or  short-term
indebtedness of each of the Acquired Companies,  and Seller has delivered a true
copy of each such  document to Purchaser.  All such  documents are legally valid
and  binding  and are in full  force and  effect  and there are no  defaults  or
breaches  thereunder,  and  Seller is aware of any  notice of  default  relating
thereto.

                      (j)  Condition of Assets.   All assets of each of the
Acquired  Companies  conform in all material  respects with all  applicable
building,  zoning,  environmental health and safety rules and other governmental
rules and regulations.  All assets of each of the Acquired  Companies  including
all their components and parts, are ready for operation, and taking into account
their ages, are in normal operating  condition and good order and repair.  There
are no conditions or events,  except for normal wear and tear and the age of the
assets of any of the  Acquired  Companies,  which would  prevent  the  continued
normal operation thereof, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect the
operation and/or use of the same as currently used.

                      (k)  Patent and Trade Rights.   QSR owns free and clear of
all claims, liens,  encumbrances and restrictions the intellectual property
described on Exhibit 4(k).  Each of the Acquired  Companies owns or has adequate
licenses or other  rights to all  intangible  property  which are  necessary  to
conduct its business as presently conducted.  To the best of Seller's knowledge,
no product manufactured or sold by any manufacturing  process employed by any of
the Acquired  Companies  conflicts  with or infringes  upon any United States or
Israeli or other foreign patent of others.  No claim, suit or action is pending,
or to  Seller's  knowledge  and  belief  threatened,  alleging  that  any of the
Acquired  Companies is  infringing  upon the  asserted  and  tangible  rights of
others, or that the use of any intangible  companies infringes or conflicts with
the asserted rights of others.



<PAGE>


                      (l)    Liabilities; Receivables.  The liabilities of each
of the Acquired  Companies as of December 31, 1998 are set forth on Exhibit
4(l). The accounts  receivable of each of the Acquired  Companies as of December
31, 1998 and as of June 30, 1999 are stated in accordance  with GAAP. All of the
accounts receivable arose from bona fide sales  transactions,  and no portion of
such  account is subject to  counterclaim  or offset or is otherwise in dispute.
All of such accounts receivable are good and collectible in full in the ordinary
course of business.


                      (m)  Inventories.  The inventories of each of the Acquired
Companies  reflected on the Financial  Statements are accurately  valued in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied. The Inventories, in the aggregate, of
the Acquired Companies are usable and salable in the ordinary course of business
and contain no slow-moving or obsolete items. No inventories have been consigned
to others.

                      (n)    Contracts.     Exhibit 4(n) describes all contract
rights to which any of the Acquired  Companies is a party or to which it is
bound and which arose out of, or relate to, assets or  liabilities of any of the
Acquired  Companies,  which  extend  beyond the Closing  Date.  True and correct
copies of all such documents  evidencing the contract rights have been delivered
by Seller to Purchaser.

                      (o) Litigation. Except as disclosed in Exhibit 4(o), there
are no actions, suits,  proceedings or investigations pending or threatened
against Seller or any of the Acquired  Companies at law or in equity,  or before
any federal,  state or municipal or other governmental  department,  commission,
board, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  which involves a demand
for any  judgment  or  liability,  affecting  any of the  TeleSite  Stock or the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  None of the Acquired Companies is
in default with respect to any order, writ,  injunction,  or decree of any court
or federal,  state, or municipal or other governmental  department,  commission,
board,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  and that there are no
such orders,  decrees,  injunctions or regulations issued  specifically  against
Seller  which may  affect,  limit or control  the method or manner of use of the
TeleSite  Stock  or  the  assets  of  any  of  the  Acquired  Companies,  or any
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                      (p)  Compliance  with Law. Each of the Acquired  Companies
has  complied  with all  applicable  laws,  orders and  regulations  of any
federal, state or municipal or other governmental department, commission, board,
agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction,  including
but not limited, to laws, orders, and regulations thereof relating to antitrust,
wage, hours, collective bargaining,  environmental protection,  employee safety,
or legislation  pertaining to illegal  bribes or kickbacks.  To the knowledge of
Seller,  no director,  officer or employee of any of the Acquired  Companies has
engaged  in any act which has  violated  any local  rules,  regulations  or laws
relating to foreign  exchange,  customs and excise and corporate income tax, and
there has been no misappropriation,  fraud, embezzlement or misuse in any way of
company  assets or monies by any  director,  officer or employee of the Acquired
Companies.


<PAGE>



                      (q)  Payment of Taxes. Each of the Acquired Companies have
timely  filed all  required  declarations,  returns  and reports  with  foreign,
federal,  state  and local  taxing  authorities,  and all  taxes,  interest  and
penalties  required to be paid  pursuant to those returns have been or are being
paid when due. The income tax returns of TeleSite have never been audited by the
Internal  Revenue  Service.  There is no tax audit or examination now pending or
threatened with respect to the Acquired Companies.

                      (r)  No Adverse Changes.   Since June 30, 1999, there has
been no material  adverse change in the condition,  financial or otherwise,
of any of the  Acquired  Companies  other  than  changes  (not in the  aggregate
adverse) occurring in the ordinary course of business.

                      (s)  Warranties and Product Liability Seller has
previously  delivered  to  Purchaser  copies  of all  outstanding  standard
product  warranties and guaranties given by any of the Acquired Companies now in
effect with  respect to  products  manufactured  or sold by any of the  Acquired
Companies.  Except as fully  described  in  Exhibit  4(o),  there are no pending
claims or actions  against any of the Acquired  Companies for breach of warranty
or based upon product liability  (whether based on tort or contract  principles)
and,  to the  best  of  Seller's  knowledge,  no  such  claims  or  actions  are
threatened.  Seller knows of no defects in craftsmanship,  design or engineering
with respect to any product now or heretofore sold or manufactured by any of the
Acquired Companies which may constitute the basis for any such claim against any
of the Acquired Companies or Purchaser.

                      (t)  Contingent and Undisclosed Liabilities.   None of the
Acquired  Companies has any debts,  obligations or liabilities in excess of
$1,000,  fixed or  contingent,  of any nature  whatsoever,  not disclosed in the
Exhibits to this  Agreement.  Seller knows of no basis for any  assertion of any
material claim against Seller or Purchaser for any material  liability  relating
to the TeleSite Stock, or against any of the Acquired  Companies with respect to
its assets, except those disclosed in the Exhibits to this Agreement.



<PAGE>


                      (u)  Performance  of  Contracts.  Except as  disclosed  in
Exhibit 4(u),  (i) none of the Acquired  Companies is in material  default,
nor has it breached any material provision of, any contract,  agreement,  lease,
obligation  or license or permit with regard to all  agreements to which it is a
party or by which it is bound;  (ii) each of the  Acquired  Companies  has fully
performed  each material  term,  condition  and covenant of each such  contract,
agreement,  lease, obligation,  license or permit required to be performed on or
prior to the date thereof;  (iii) Seller knows of no state of facts which,  with
the  giving of notice or the  passing of time,  or both,  would give rise to any
material  default or  revocation;  and (iv) none of the  Acquired  Companies  is
subject to any  penalty,  discount  or  liquidated  damages  due to the  delayed
delivery of products, goods or services, nor has it received any notice that any
of the customer  relations  are in jeopardy  because of such late  deliveries or
otherwise.

                      (v) Events  Subsequent  to  December  31,  1998  Except as
disclosed in Exhibit 4(v), none of the Acquired Companies has, since December
31, 1998:

                             (1)  Incurred Liabilities.  Incurred any obligation
or liability (absolute,  contingent, accrued or otherwise) or guaranteed or
become a surety of any debt,  except in connection  with the performance of this
Agreement or in the ordinary course of business;

                             (2)  Discharged Debt.  Discharged or satisfied any
lien or  encumbrance,  or paid or  satisfied  any  obligation  or liability
(absolute,  contingent,  accrued or otherwise) other than  liabilities  incurred
since the date thereof in the ordinary course of business;

                             (3)  Encumbrances.  Mortgaged, pledged or subjected
to any lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance any of its assets;

                             (4)  Disposition of Assets.  Sold or transferred
any of its assets or  canceled  any debts or claims or waived  any  rights,
except in the ordinary course of business;

                             (5) Sale of Business. Entered into any contract for
the sale of its TeleSite Stock, or any part thereof, or for the purchase of
another business, whether by merger, consolidation, exchange of capital stock or
otherwise (other than negotiations with respect to this Agreement);

                             (6)  Accounting Procedure. Changed or modified the
accounting methods or practices; or

                             (7)  Capital Expenditure.    Purchased or made a
commitment for the purchase of capital assets.



<PAGE>


                      (w)    Customer Relations.    Seller knows of no state of
facts,  nor have any  communications  been made to it, which would indicate
that (i) any current  customer of any of the Acquired  Companies which accounted
for more than 5% of each  entity's  sales for the most recent fiscal year ending
or (ii) any current supplier of any of the Acquired  Companies (if such supplier
could not be replaced at comparable cost), will terminate its business relations
with any of the Acquired Companies.

                      (x)    Brokerage.     Seller has not made any commitments
for a brokerage  finders or similar fee in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                      (y) Books and Records. The books of account of each of the
Acquired Companies are complete and correct in all material respects and reflect
all of the transactions  entered into by or on behalf of such Acquired  Company,
to which it is a party, or by which it is affected.

                      (z)  Binding   effect.   The  Agreement  and  all  related
documents  has  been  duly  executed,  made and  delivered  by  Seller  and
constitute a legal, valid and binding  obligation of Seller enforceable  against
him in accordance with their  respective  terms,  subject to the laws of general
application affecting creditors' rights.

                      (aa)  Employee Relations.  Exhibit 4(aa) sets forth a list
of all of the  officers,  employees  and  agents  of each  of the  Acquired
Companies  and, for each  individual,  indicates his or her position,  salary or
wage rate and  respective  fringe  benefits and any other  remuneration  paid or
payable. Except as disclosed on Exhibit 4(aa):

                             (1)   There is not now in existence or pending, nor
has there been within the last three  years,  any  grievance,  arbitration,
administrative  hearing,  claim of unfair labor  practice,  wrongful  discharge,
employment  discrimination or sexual  harassment or other employment  dispute of
any nature pending or, to the best of Seller's knowledge, threatened against any
of the Acquired Companies.

                             (2)    Each of the Acquired Companies is, and
during all applicable  limitation periods have been, in material compliance
with  all  applicable  laws,   executive   orders  and  regulations   respecting
employment,  and  employment  practice,  terms  and  conditions  of  employment,
occupational  safety,  wages and hours and there is no existing  but  unassented
claim for violation of any such laws,  executive  orders or regulations  nor, to
the best of Seller's  knowledge,  is there any  factual  basis upon which such a
claim could be asserted.

                             (3)    None of the Acquired Companies has any
collective  bargaining  agreements  or is a party to any  written  or oral,
express or implied,  other  contract,  agreement or  arrangement  with any labor
union or any other  similar  arrangement  that is not  terminable at will by the
employer without cost, liability or penalty.


<PAGE>


                             (4) None of the  Acquired  Companies  is a party to
any written or oral  contract,  agreement  or  arrangement  with any of its
present or former  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents  with  respect to
length,  duration or  conditions  of employment  (or the  termination  thereof),
salaries, bonuses,  percentage compensation,  deferred compensation or any other
form of  remuneration,  or with  respect to any matter not  disclosed on Exhibit
4(aa)(4).

                             (5)  There is no  pending  claim or, to the best of
Seller 's knowledge,  threatened or existing but unasserted claim,  against
any of the  Acquired  Companies  for  violation  of any  contract,  agreement or
arrangement  described  in  Exhibit  4(aa)(5),  nor  to  the  best  of  Seller's
knowledge, is there any factual basis upon which such a claim could be asserted.

                             (6)    The consummation of the transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  will not result in any severance or other
employee  compensation or benefit obligation coming due and Seller has no reason
to believe that such consummation will result in the termination of any employee
of the Acquired Companies.

                      (bb)   Employee Benefit Plans.

                             (1)    Exhibit 4(bb) sets forth a description of
employee benefit plans,  employee welfare benefit plans and  multi-employer
plans, all incentive compensation plans, benefit plans for retired employees and
all other employee benefit plans maintained by each of the Acquired Companies or
to which any entity has made payments or  contributions  on behalf of employees,
including,  without  limitation,  all plans or contracts  providing for bonuses,
pensions,  profit-sharing,   stock  options,  stock  purchase  rights,  deferred
compensation, insurance and retirement benefits of any nature, whether formal or
informal,  and  whether  legally  binding or not (each such plan is  referred to
individually as a "Plan", collectively as the Plans").

                             (2) To the best of Seller's  knowledge,  and except
for any  multi-employer  plans,  all Plans are,  and during all  applicable
limitation  periods  have  been,  in  material  compliance  with all  applicable
governmental regulations and, in the case of TeleSite, all retirement or pension
Plans and welfare benefit plans are qualified  plans under the Internal  Revenue
Code and each Plan is in material  compliance with the applicable  provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code.

                             (3) There  has been no  transaction  in  connection
with which any of the Acquired  Companies or any of its directors,  agents,
officers, or employees could be a subject to either a civil penalty or a tax.



<PAGE>


                             (4) To the best of Seller's knowledge, there are no
payments that have become due from any Plan, the trusts created thereunder,
or from any of the Acquired  Companies  which have not been paid through  normal
administrative  procedures to the plan  participants or  beneficiaries  entitled
thereto.

                             (5) Each of the  Acquired  Companies  has made full
and timely payment of all required and  discretionary  contributions to the
Plans, and no unfunded liability exists with respect to any Plan.

                             (6) None of the Acquired Companies nor any of their
respective  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  have  any  outstanding
liabilities of any nature in any way relating to the Plans.

                             (7) None of the Acquired Companies is a party to or
otherwise  subject to any express or implied agreement or plan to provide health
coverage or other benefits to retired or current  employees  except as set forth
in Exhibit 4(cc).

                             (8) None of the Acquired Companies is a party to or
otherwise  subject to any  express or implied  agreement  or plan to provide any
employee benefits,  wages, deferral compensation or any other form of benefit or
enumeration beyond the date of Closing.

                             (9) With  respect to all of its  employees,  former
employees,  and qualified beneficiaries as of the Closing Date, each of the
Acquired   Companies  has  or  will  comply  with  all  applicable  health  care
continuation requirements.

                      (cc)  Environmental Matters.Except as disclosed on Exhibit
4(cc):

                             (1)   No hazardous substances have been or are
currently generated,  stored, transported,  utilized, disposed of, managed,
released or located on, under or from any premises any of the Acquired Companies
has occupied (the "Premises")  (whether or not in reportable  quantities) by any
of the Acquired Companies or its agents or invites,  or in any manner introduced
onto the  Premises by any of the  Acquired  Companies  or its agents or invites,
including without limitation, the septic, sewage or other waste disposal systems
except in accordance with all applicable laws relating to the environment.

                             (2)    Seller has no knowledge of any threat of
release of any hazardous  substances  on, under or from the property of any
of the Acquired Companies.


<PAGE>


                             (3) None of the Acquired Companies has received any
notice from the United States Environmental  Protection Agency or any other
domestic or foreign  authority  claiming that (i) any of its property or any use
thereof  violates  any of the  environmental  laws,  (ii)  none of the  Acquired
Companies or of any of its employees or agents have violated any such laws.

                      (dd)  Insurance.   Exhibit 4(dd) lists all policies of
liability,   property  damage,   fire,   workers'   compensation/employer's
liability,  title or other  forms of  insurance  owned or carried by each of the
Acquired  Companies (the "Policies") and insurance  agents or brokers  providing
such insurance coverage. None of the Acquired Companies has received notice from
any insurance carrier regarding the possible cancellation of or premium increase
with  respect to the  Policies.  None of the  Acquired  Companies  has any claim
pending or  anticipated  against any of the insurance  carriers under any of the
Policies  and there has been no actual or alleged  occurrence  of any kind which
may give rise to any such claim.

                      (ee)  Representations and Warranties True and Correct. The
representations   and  warranties   contained  herein,  and  all  statements  or
information  disclosed  by any of  the  Exhibits,  do  not  include  any  untrue
statement  or  material  fact nor omit to state a material  fact  required to be
stated herein or therein or necessary in order to make the  statement  herein or
therein,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  are  made,  not
misleading.

               5. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser.  To induce Seller
to enter into this Agreement, Purchaser makes the representations and warranties
set forth below in subparagraphs  (a) through (e). Each of such  representations
and warranties shall be deemed to be  independently  material and relied upon by
Seller,  regardless  of any  investigation  made by,  or  information  known to,
Seller.  Except as  specifically  indicated,  each of such  representations  and
warranties is conditioned  on or limited by  Purchaser's  knowledge or reason to
know, or its lack of knowledge or reason to know, as to the fact so  represented
and warranted.

                      (a)    Organization.  Purchaser is a corporation validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York.

                      (b)  Authorization.  The  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement  and  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  have  been  duly
authorized by the Board of Directors of Purchaser and on the Closing Date all of
the necessary  corporate  action to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the purchase hereby will have been taken.




<PAGE>


                      (c)  No Violation. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement  by the  Purchaser  and  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  will not  violate  any law,  order or  regulation  of any
governmental   authority,  or  corporate  charter  or  bylaws  of  Purchaser  or
constitute  a  default  under  any  judgment,  order or  decree  of any court or
governmental agency or instrumentality,  or conflict with or constitute a breach
or default under any  agreement to which  Purchaser is a party or by which it is
bound.

                      (d)  Brokerage.  Purchaser has not made any commitment for
a brokerage, finders  or similar fees in connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                      (e)  Binding Effect.  This Agreement, and all related
documents  have been duly  executed,  made and delivered by  Purchaser,  as
appropriate,  and constitute a legal,  valid and binding obligation of Purchaser
enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their respective terms, subject
to the laws of general application affecting creditors' rights.

                      (f)  Representations and Warranties True and Correct.
The  representations  and warranties  contained herein do not include any untrue
statement  or  material  fact nor omit to state a material  fact  required to be
stated herein or therein or necessary in order to make the statements  herein or
therein,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  are  made,  not
misleading.

               6. Conditions of Purchaser's Obligation to Close. The obligations
of Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the following conditions having
been met, or waived in writing by Purchaser, at or prior to the Closing Date:

                      (a)   Representations and Warranties.  The representations
and warranties made by Seller in Section 4 shall be true and correct in all
material  respects on and as of the Closing Date, and Seller shall has delivered
to Purchaser a certificate to that effect executed by Seller.

                      (b)   Approvals and Consents.  All necessary approvals and
consents with respect to the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  the absence of
which would have a material and adverse effect on Purchaser's  rights under this
Agreement,  or which would  result in the  forfeiture  or breach of any material
rights  acquired by the  Purchaser  pursuant to the  provision  of any  material
contract or agreement  assumed by and hereunder.  Such approvals  shall include,
without limitation,  all required approvals by the office of the Chief Scientist
of Israel to the  transfer  of  control  to  TeleSite  and to  Purchaser  of the
intellectual property described in Exhibit 4(k).



<PAGE>


                      (c) Delivery of  Instruments of Conveyance of the TeleSite
Stock.  Seller shall has delivered to Purchaser,  satisfactory to Purchaser
in form and substance,  conveyancing documents to transfer title to the TeleSite
Stock to Purchaser.

                      (d) No Litigation. No investigation, suit, action or other
proceedings  shall be  threatened  or pending  before any court or  governmental
agency in which it is sought to  restrain,  prohibit or obtain  damages or other
relief in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

                      (e) No Adverse Change.  There shall have been no change or
development related to the TeleSite Stock or the results of operations or in the
condition,  financial or otherwise, of any of the Acquired Companies,  which has
had or may  reasonably  be expected to have a material  adverse  effect on their
condition.

                      (f) Opinions of Counsel. Purchaser shall have received (i)
an opinion of Seller's  counsel,  dated the Closing Date,  satisfactory  in
form and  substance to Purchaser  and its counsel  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit 6(f)(i) and (ii) an Opinion of Purchaser's counsel  substantially in the
form of Exhibit 6(f)(ii).

                      (g)  Abiri Employment Agreement. Yigal Abiri and QSR shall
have executed and delivered an employment  agreement  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit 6(g) and such Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

                      (h)  Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Agent named in the
Escrow Agreement shall have executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement.

                      (i)  QSR Shares Abiri and Video Cam, Ltd. shall have
excued and delivered the  Representations as to QSR in the form attached as
Exhibit 6(i).  Abiri shall have transferred his 1 Ordinary Share of QSR Stock to
such person as Purchaser  shall  designate at or prior to the Closing,  free and
clear of all claims, liens and encumbrances.

                      (j)  Conversion of Shareholder Loans.  All shareholder
loans  to any of the  Acquired  Companies  shall  have  been  converted  to
contributions  to capital  and Seller and Yigal  Abiri  shall have  delivered  a
Purchaser a certificate dated the Closing Date, to that effect.

               7. Conditions to Seller's Obligation to Close. The obligations of
Seller under this Agreement are subject to the following  conditions having been
met, or waived in writing by Seller, at or prior to the Closing Date:


<PAGE>


                      (a)    Representations and Warranties. The representations
and warranties  made by Purchaser in Section 5 shall be true and correct in
all material respects on and as of the Closing Date.

                      (b)    Payment of Purchase Price.  Purchaser shall have
delivered  to Seller the purchase  price  payable at Closing as required by
Sections 2(a) and (b).

                      (c)    No Litigation.  No investigation, suit, action or
other  proceedings  shall be  threatened  or  pending  before  any court or
governmental  agency  in which it is  sought  to  restrain,  prohibit  or obtain
damages or other relief in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                      (d)   Opinion of Counsel.  Seller shall have  received an
opinion of Purchaser's  counsel,  dated the Closing Date,  satisfactory  in
form and  substance  to  Seller  and its  counsel  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit (d).

                      (e)    Escrow Agreement.   The Escrow Agent named in the
Escrow Agreement shall have executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement.

               8.     Survival of Representations and Indemnification.

                      (a)    Survival of Representations.   All representations,
warranties  and covenants of Seller (the  "Representations")  shall survive
the  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement,  the  Closing  Date  and any
investigation  or audit  made by  Purchaser,  and  shall  expire  upon the third
anniversary of the Closing Date.

                      (b)    Indemnification

                             (i)  Indemnification by Seller.   Seller agrees
promptly to indemnify,  defend and hold harmless Purchaser from and against
any and all assessments,  judgments,  debts, obligations,  liabilities,  losses,
costs,  damages  or  expenses  (including  interest,  penalties  and  reasonable
out-of-pocket  fees,  expenses and  disbursements  in connection with any claim,
action, suit or proceeding) (collectively, "Damages") suffered, paid or incurred
by  Purchaser or any of the Acquired  Companies  resulting  from or caused by or
arising out of any one or more of the following:

                                    A.      any breach of the representations
and  warranties  made by  Seller  to  Purchaser  in this  Agreement  or any
certificate delivered hereunder;


<PAGE>


                                    B.      any failure by Seller to perform any
of his covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement;

                                    C.      any claim, contingent or otherwise,
that was in existence on December  30, 1998,  whether or not then  payable,
that was not  recorded  in the books and  records of TeleSite or QSR and was not
reflected in the Financial Statements;

                                    D.      any claim under the Royalty
Agreement  referred  to in  Exhibit  4(t) in excess of  $474,000  minus the
amount paid  thereunder  to the State of Israel  since  December 31, 1998 to the
Date of Closing.

                                    E.      Any claim of Electronics Line, Ltd.,
including   without   limitation  any  claim  by  such  company  under  the
Cooperation Agreement dated February 5, 1997;

                                    F.      Any claim of any shareholders or
secured or unsecured creditors, or of part or present employees (other than
for severance pay to the aggregate extent described in Section 8(b)(ii)(C)),  of
TeleSite, Ltd.;

                                    G.      Any claim of Doron Parianta, as
Receiver or as Permanent  Manager of TeleSite,  Ltd.'s assets, or any other
entity (including  without  limitation any governmental  official)  appointed or
authorized  by  any  court,  government  or  government  agency  to  collect  or
administer any assets of TeleSite, Ltd.;

                                    H.      Any permanent income tax deduction
disallowance for any period prior to December 31, 1998; or

                                    I.      Any claim arising out of any
transfer to TeleSite of shares of QSR.

                             (ii) Limitation on Indemnification by Seller.
Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  Seller  shall not be
liable under Section 8(b) for:

                                    A.      Any liabilities included in the
Financial  Statements of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 1998 and
June 30, 1999.

                                    B.      Any good faith liability of any of
the  Acquired  Companies  incurred  in the  normal  course of its  business
between June 30, 1999 and the Closing Date  provided  that Seller shall not have
breached away representations and warranties, in Section 4 (r) ;


<PAGE>


                                    C.      Any liabilities to former employees
of TeleSite, Ltd. for severance pay based on the length of their employment
with TeleSite, Ltd. up to an aggregate maximum of $40,000; or

                                    D.      Liabilities of any of the Acquired
Companies  not  included  in  paragraphs  A, B C or D,  up to an  aggregate
maximum of $50,000.

               In no event will Seller be liable under Section 8 for any Damages
in excess of total of the  purchase  price under  Sections  2(b) and (c) and the
compensation  earned,  if any,  under  section  3D of the  Employment  Agreement
between Purchaser and Seller.

                             (iii)  Indemnification by Purchaser     Purchaser
agrees to indemnify and hold  harmless  Seller from and against any and all
Damages  suffered,  paid or  incurred by Seller  resulting  from or caused by or
arising out of:

                                    A.      any breach of the representations
and warranties made by Purchaser in this Agreement or any certificate delivered
hereunder; or

                                    B.      any failure by the Purchaser to
perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement.

                             (iii)  Indemnity Procedure for Third Party Claims.

                                    A.      Promptly after receipt by a party
seeking  indemnification  hereunder  (an  "Indemnified  Party) of notice (a
"Third Party Claim Notice") of any claim,  or of the  commencement  by any third
party of any action,  suit or proceeding,  which might result in the other party
hereto (the  "Indemnifying  Party") becoming  obligated to indemnify or make any
other payment to the  Indemnified  Party under this  Agreement,  the Indemnified
Party  shall  notify  the  Indemnifying   Party  forthwith  in  writing  of  the
commencement thereof or of the claim. The failure of the Indemnified Party to so
notify the Indemnifying  Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any
liability  which it may have on account of this  indemnification  or  otherwise,
except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby.

                                    B.      The Indemnifying Party shall have
the right,  within thirty (30) days after being so notified,  to assume the
defense  of  such  claim,  litigation  or  proceeding  with  counsel  reasonably
satisfactory  to the  Indemnified  Party in good  faith and at the  Indemnifying
Party's own expense.



<PAGE>


                                    C.      Unless and until the Indemnifying
Party shall assume such defense  pursuant to the  foregoing  sentence,  the
Indemnified  Party  shall have the right to conduct  and  control the defense of
such claim,  litigation or proceeding (including the settlement thereof) without
the Indemnifying Party's consent and, without limiting any other indemnification
obligation,  shall be entitled  to payment  from the  Indemnifying  Party of all
reasonable costs of such defense (including attorneys' fees and expenses).

                                    D.      In any such claim, litigation or
proceeding  the  defense  of which the  Indemnifying  Party  shall  have so
assumed,  the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate  therein and
retain its or his own counsel at its or his own expense, unless

                                            (a)    the Indemnifying Party and
the  Indemnified  Party shall have mutually  agreed to the retention of the
same counsel, or

                                            (b)    the named parties to any such
litigation or proceeding  (including  impleaded  parties)  include both the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, and representation of such parties
by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential  differing
interests  between them in which case, such separate  counsel may be retained by
the Indemnified Party at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.

                                    E.      The Indemnifying Party may elect to
settle any claim,  action or  proceeding  defended by it or him without the
written  consent of the  Indemnified  Party  provided  that such  settlement  is
limited  to  payment  of  monetary  damages  which  are  payable  in full by the
Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified Party is fully discharged at the time of
the  settlement  from  any  liability  with  respect  to the  claim,  action  or
proceeding. The Indemnifying Party may not enter into any settlement that is not
limited to payment of monetary  damages  without the  Indemnified  Party's prior
written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld.

                                    F.      Seller and Purchaser covenant to use
all  reasonable  efforts to cooperate  fully with respect to the defense of
any claim, action or proceeding covered by this section.

               9.  Offset.  In the event  that  seller  is  liable to  Purchases
pursuant  to  Section  8 or  Purchaser  receives  a Third  Party  Claim  Notice,
Purchaser  may (but shall not be  obligated  to) offset all or a portion of such
liability or potential liability against any other payment owing to Seller under
Sections  2(b)  and (c) of  this  Agreement  and  section  3D of the  Employment
Agreement between Purchaser and Seller.


<PAGE>



               10.  Purchaser's  Covenants.  After the Closing,  Purchaser shall
lend to TeleSite the sum of $750,000 in accordance  with a future  business plan
reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser.

               11.  Further  Assurances.  Purchaser and Seller agree that,  from
time to time after Closing, and upon request,  they shall execute,  acknowledge,
and  deliver  such other  instruments  as  reasonably  may be  required  to more
effectively  transfer and vest in Purchaser  the TeleSite  Stock or to otherwise
carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

               12. Expenses.  Each party will pay all of his or its own expenses
in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement,  the performance of his or
its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated
hereby.

               13.  Amendment and Waiver.  This Agreement may be amended only in
writing  signed by the parties  hereto.  Any provision of this  Agreement may be
waived by the party entitled to the benefit  thereof only in a writing  executed
by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced.  No waiver shall
be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement,  and no waiver of a
breach  hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent  breach of
this Agreement.

               14. Notice. All notices,  demands and other  communications to be
given or delivered hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been
given if  personally  delivered or sent by overnight  courier (in each such case
delivery will be effective upon receipt) to the addresses  indicated below or to
such other addresses as the parties may specify or notice as herein provided:


               If to Purchaser, to:

               Vicon Industries, Inc.
               89 Array Drive
               Hauppauge, New York 11788

               Attention: The President


                      with a copy to:




<PAGE>



               Schoeman, Updike & Kaufman, LLP
               60 East 42nd Street
               New York, New York 10165

               Attention: Michael E. Schoeman, Esq.


               If to Gershoni to:

               Mr. Isaac Gershoni
               97 Taylor Drive
               Closter, New Jersey 07624


               with a copy to:

               Mark Eliott Gold, Esq.
               19 Phelps Avenue
               Tenafly, New Jersey 07670


               15. Survival of Representations,  Warranties and Covenants.  Each
of the  representation  and warranties of the parties that are set forth in this
Agreement or in any  certificate  delivered  hereunder shall survive the Closing
Date until the third  anniversary of the Closing Date (the  "Expiration  Date").
Delivery  to one party to the other of notice of a breach of any  representation
or warranty,  specifying  the breach in reasonable  detail,  and making a formal
claim  with  respect  thereto,  on or  prior  to  the  Expiration  Date,  or the
expiration of the applicable  statute of limitations,  as the case may be, shall
be deemed to preserve  such party's  claim.  Those  covenants  contained in this
Agreement that  contemplate or may involve actions to be taken or obligations in
effect  after  the  Closing  Date  shall  survive  the  Closing  Date  until the
expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

               16. Binding Agreement;  Assignment. This Agreement and all of the
provisions  hereof will be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto  and their  respective  successors.  Seller  may not assign his rights or
delegate  his  duties  hereunder  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Purchaser, which consent may be granted, withheld or conditioned in the sole and
absolute  discretion of the  Purchaser.  Purchaser may assign all it part of its
rights  under  this  Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right to
purchase the TeleSite Stock, to a wholly owned subsidiary of Purchaser.


<PAGE>



               17.  Severability.  Whenever  possible,  each  provision  of this
Agreement  will be  interpreted  in such a manner as to be  effective  and valid
under  applicable  law,  but if any  provision  of this  Agreement is held to be
prohibited  by  or  invalid  under   applicable  law,  such  provision  will  be
ineffective  only to the  extent  of such  prohibition  or  invalidity,  without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining  provision of this
Agreement.

               18.  Captions.  The  captions  used  in  this  Agreement  are for
convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement and
will not be deemed to limit,  characterize or in any way affect any provision of
this  Agreement  and all  provisions  of this  Agreement  will be  enforced  and
construed as if no captions had been used in this Agreement.

               19.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of which need not contain signatures of more than one party,
but all  such  counterparts  taken  together  will  constitute  one and the same
instrument. Signatures may be exchanged by telecopy, with original signatures to
follow.  Each party to this  Agreement  agrees  that it will be bound by its own
telecopied signature and that it accepts the telecopied  signatures of the other
party to this Agreement.

               20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed
and  enforced  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New  York,  without
reference  to its choice of law  provisions.  Each party  agrees that service of
notice  or  process  in any legal  action or  proceeding  with  respect  to this
Agreement  or any  transaction  related  hereto  may be made on  such  party  by
delivery of such process by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  to such
party at its address for notice  pursuant  Section 14 of this Agreement with the
same effect as if such process were  personally  served on such party within the
State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably  waives, to the
extent  permitted by applicable law, any objection,  including,  but not limited
to,  any  objection  to the  laying of venue or based on the ground of forum non
conveniens,  with it or he may now or  hereafter  have  to the  bringing  of any
proceeding  in respect of this  Agreement  or any  transaction  related  hereto.
Nothing  contained  herein  shall  affect  the right of any party  hereto  serve
process in any other manner permitted by law.



<PAGE>


               21.  Remedies.  All rights,  remedies or powers hereby  conferred
shall,  to the  extent  no  prohibited  by law,  be  deemed  cumulative  and not
exclusive  or any other  thereof,  or of any other  rights,  remedies  or powers
available.  No single or partial  exercise  of any  right,  remedy or power by a
party shall preclude further exercise thereof.  No delay or omission to exercise
any right, power or remedy accruing to a party upon the occurrence of any breach
of any warranty,  covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement shall impair
any such  right,  power or  remedy  or be  construed  to be a waiver of any such
breach  or  any  acquiescence  therein  or  to  any  similar  breach  thereafter
occurring.

               22.  Arbitration.  Any controversy  between the parties,  arising
out, in relation to, or in connection  with,  this  Agreement  shall be resolved
exclusively by binding arbitration in New York City conducted in accordance with
the then  existing  commercial  arbitration  rules of the  American  Arbitration
Association. The award in such arbitration shall be in writing and shall include
separate  finding facts and  conclusions of law.  Judgment upon the award may be
entered  in any court  having  jurisdiction  thereof  and for that  purpose  the
parties  consent to the  jurisdiction of all state and federal courts located in
the City of New York.

               23. Public Announcements.  No public announcement  concerning the
transactions contemplated hereby may be made by either party without the consent
of the other  except as may be  required  by law or the rules of any  applicable
securities exchange.

               24. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  (including the Exhibits,
documents and instruments  referred to herein)  constitutes the entire agreement
and  understanding of the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject
matter  hereof  and  thereof.  No  party  shall  be  entitled  to rely  upon any
representation or warranty of the other except to the extent such representation
or warranty is included in this  Agreement or any Exhibit  hereto or document or
instrument delivered hereunder.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be executed and delivered on their behalf as of the date first above written.


                                            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                            By:
                                                   President



                                                   Isaac Gershoni


<PAGE>


                  Third Party Representations, Warranties and Indemnification

     To induce Vicon Industries,  Inc. ("Purchaser") to enter into the foregoing
Agreement,  and in consideration  thereof, each of the undersigned,  jointly and
severally, agrees as follows:

               (a) each of the undersigned  represents and warrants to Purchaser
that the  representations and warranties set forth in section 4 of the foregoing
Agreement, each of which shall be deemed to be independently material and relied
upon by Purchaser, regardless of any investigation made by, or information known
to,  Purchaser,  are true and correct on the date of such  Agreement and will be
true and correct as of the Closing thereunder, and

               (b) each of the  undersigned  indemnifies  Purchaser  against all
Damages as defined in section  8(b) thereof to the same extent as if each of the
undersigned were separately defined as Seller in such section




                                                   Yigal Abiri



                                                   Yaakov Drori







                  ESCROW  AGREEMENT  dated  as of July  30,  1999  (the  "Escrow
Agreement") among Vicon Industries,  Inc., a New York corporation ("Purchaser"),
Isaac  Gershoni  ("Seller"),  and  European  American  Bank,  a New York banking
corporation (the "Escrow Agent").

                               W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS,  Purchaser  and  Seller  have  entered  into a  Stock
Purchase Agreement dated as of July 3028, 1999 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"),
providing  for the sale by Seller to  Purchaser of all of the shares of TeleSite
U.S.A., Inc.; and

                  WHEREAS,  Seller has agreed that Purchaser  shall deposit with
the Escrow  Agent a portion of the  Purchase  Price (as defined in the  Purchase
Agreement) with the Escrow Agent;

                  NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
                  1.       Creation of Escrow and Deposit of Escrow Amount.


<PAGE>




Purchaser  herewith  deposits with the Escrow Agent the amount of  $1,000,000.00
(such amount, including all income and interest thereon, is hereinafter referred
to as the "Escrow Amount").  The Escrow Agent hereby acknowledges the receipt of
the Escrow  Amount  hereby  deposited,  and the Escrow  Agent agrees to hold the
Escrow Amount for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth.

                  2.   Distribution of Escrow Amount.
                           A.       Escrow Agent shall make the following
 distributions from the Escrow Amount to Purchaser:
                                    (i)     within 15 days after the first
anniversary hereof, 100% of all interest earned prior to such anniversary
                                    (ii)   within  15  days   after  the  second
anniversary hereof, 66_% of all interest earned between the first and second
anniversaries; and
                                    (iii)   within  15  days   after  the  third
anniversary hereof, 33_% of all interest earned between the second and third
anniversaries.
                           B. Within 10 days after the third anniversary of this
Agreement,  the Escrow  Agent  shall  distribute  the balance of the Escrow
Amount to Seller,  or such payee(s) in the United States as Seller may designate
by written  notice to the Escrow Agent  unless prior to such third  anniversary,
Escrow Agent shall have received from Purchaser a notice of claim as provided in
section 3.
                           C. If prior to such third  anniversary,  the Escrow
Agent shall have  received  such a notice of claim,  the Escrow Agent shall
continue to retain from the Escrow  Amount the  aggregate  sum specified in such
notice of claim,  and the excess,  if any,  shall be paid as provided in section
2B.


<PAGE>


                           D.  Amounts  retained  pursuant  to  section 2C shall
continue to be held in escrow under this Agreement and shall be distributed
only in accordance with (a) an instruction signed and notarized by Purchaser and
Seller and delivered to the Escrow Agent,  or (b) an arbitration  award pursuant
to section 22 of the Stock Purchase Agreement,  a copy of which award shall have
been  delivered to the Escrow Agent,  together with a certificate  signed by the
party presenting such award and an opinion of such party's counsel  satisfactory
to Escrow Agent,  each stating that such award was made pursuant to such section
and is in full force and effect.
                           E. In no event shall the  aggregate  amount of
disbursements  made by the Escrow  Agreement  exceed  the  actual  amount of the
Escrow Amount.

                  3.       Notice of Claim.
                           If Purchaser in good faith believes that it has any
claim for  indemnification  or damages  against Seller under or relating to
the Stock Purchase Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, Purchaser
may  deliver to the  Escrow  Agent a notice of such  claim.  Such  notice  shall
specify  the nature of the claim and the amount  thereof  and shall be signed by
Purchaser.



<PAGE>


                  4.  Escrow  Investments.  The Escrow  Agent  shall  invest the
Escrow Amount,  and any income and interest thereon and on reinvested income and
interest,  by (i) depositing  such amounts in interest  bearing  certificates of
deposit with the Escrow  Agent,  having  maturities of 12 months or less or (ii)
purchasing  obligations of the United States of America,  or any instrumentality
thereof and fully guaranteed thereby, having maturities of 12 months or less. In
connection with making any distributions pursuant to this Escrow Agreement,  the
Escrow  Agent may sell,  liquidate  or dispose of such  investments  as it deems
necessary to make such distributions.

                  5.  Compensation, Expenses and Liability of the Escrow Agent.
                  (a) The Escrow  Agent shall be entitled to receive  reasonable
compensation  for its  services  hereunder  as set  forth  in  Schedule  A.  The
compensation  and  expenses  of the  Escrow  Agent,  and the fees  and  expenses
incurred  in  connection  with  maintaining  the  escrow,  shall be borne 50% by
Purchaser and 50% by Seller in advance of the date on which such payments  shall
be due to the  Escrow  Agent.  The  Escrow  Agent may deduct any amount to which
Seller or Purchaser may be entitled under this Escrow Agreement any unpaid fees,
compensation  or expenses of the Escrow Agent for which Seller or Purchaser  is,
as the case may be, liable under this Section 5.



<PAGE>


                  (b) The Escrow  Agent shall not be liable for any action taken
by it  in  good  faith  and  believed  by it to  be  authorized  or  within  the
discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Escrow Agreement, and the
Escrow Agent may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting
in  reliance  upon the  opinion of counsel or upon any  certificate,  request or
other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
by the proper party or parties.  The Escrow Agent shall not be obligated to make
any inquiry as to the authority,  capacity, existence, or identity of any person
purporting  to give any such  certificate,  request  or other  document.  If the
Escrow  Agent shall  become  involved in any  litigation  by which  Seller shall
contest any claim by Purchaser  against the Escrow  Amount,  the Escrow Agent is
authorized to comply with any final order or decree duly entered by any court of
competent  jurisdiction  in any such  litigation.  Purchaser and Seller agree to
indemnify the Escrow Agent against,  and to hold the Escrow Agent harmless from,
any and all loss,  damage or  liability,  and all  expenses  (including  without
limitation legal fees), except to the extent arising out of the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent,  incurred by the Escrow Agent arising
out of or in  connection  with the  execution,  delivery or  performance  by the
Escrow Agent of this Escrow Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for
any investment  losses  resulting  from the  investment,  reinvestment,  sale or
liquidation  of any  portion of the  Escrow  Account,  within  the  agreed  upon
investments as referred to in Section 4, "Escrow Investments."



<PAGE>


                  6.  Resignation  of the Escrow  Agent.  The  Escrow  Agent may
resign and may be discharged from any further duties or obligations hereunder by
giving at least 30 days prior written  notice of such  resignation  to Purchaser
and Seller.  On the effective date of such  resignation,  the Escrow Agent shall
pay the Escrow  Amount to such  successor  escrow agent as Purchaser  and Seller
shall have  designated in a notice  delivered to Escrow Agent or, in the absence
of such notice, to the Clerk's Office of the United States District Court of the
Eastern  District of New York or of the New York State Supreme Court for Suffolk
County.

                  7.  Notices.  All  notices or other  communications  which are
required or permitted  hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered
personally or sent by registered or certified mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed
as follows:
                  If to Seller,  at:
                                    Mr. Isaac Gershoni
                                    97 Taylor Drive
                                    Closter, New Jersey  07624
                                    Tel: (201) 568-5050
                                    Fax: (201) 568-6444
                  with a copy to:
                                    Mark Eliott Gold, Esq.
                                    19 Phelps Avenue
                                    Tenafly, New Jersey 07670
                                    Tel: (201) 227-1830
                                    Fax: (201) 227-1831

                  If to Purchaser, to:
                                    Vicon Industries, Inc.
                                    89 Arkay Drive
                                    Hauppauge, New York 11788

                                    Attention: Kenneth M. Darby
                                                   President
                                    Tel: (516) 952-2288
                                    Fax: (516) 951-2288



<PAGE>



                  with a copy to:
                                    Schoeman, Updike & Kaufman, LLP
                                    60 East 42nd Street
                                    39th Floor
                                    New York, New York 10165

                                    Attention: Michael E. Schoeman, Esq.
                                    Tel: (212) 661-5030
                                    Fax: (212) 687-2123
                  If to Escrow Agent:

                                    European American Bank
                                    150 Motor Parkway
                                    Hauppauge, New York 11788

                                    Attention: Branch Manager


                  with a copy to:

                                    European American Bank
                                    730 Veterans Memorial Highway
                                    Hauppauge, New York 11788

                                    Attention:  Stuart N. Berman


Any  party  may  by  notice   change  the  address  to  which  notice  or  other
communications to it are to be delivered or mailed.

                  8. Governing Law. This Escrow  Agreement  shall be governed by
and construed in accordance  with the laws of the State of New York exclusive of
its choice of law provisions.


<PAGE>


                  9.  Waivers  and  Amendments.  Any term or  provision  of this
Escrow Agreement may be waived at any time by the party which is entitled to the
benefits  thereof,  and any term or  provision of this Escrow  Agreement  may be
amended or supplemented at any time by the mutual consent of the parties hereto,
except  that  any  waiver  of  any  term  or  condition,  or  any  amendment  or
supplementation,  of this Escrow  Agreement must be in writing.  A waiver of any
breach or failure  to  enforce  any of the terms or  conditions  of this  Escrow
Agreement shall not in any way affect,  limit or waive a party's right hereunder
at any time to enforce strict compliance thereafter with every term or condition
of this Escrow Agreement.

                  10.  Descriptive  Headings.  The descriptive  headings of this
Escrow  Agreement are for  convenience  only and shall not control or affect the
meaning or construction of any provision of this Escrow Agreement.

                  11.  Entire  Agreement.  This Escrow  Agreement  contains  the
entire  agreement among  Purchaser,  Seller and the Escrow Agent with respect to
the transactions  contemplated by this Escrow Agreement and supersedes all prior
arrangements or understandings with respect thereto.



<PAGE>


                  12. Counterparts. This Escrow Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts,  and each such counterpart  hereof shall be deemed to be
an original instrument,  but all such counterparts together shall constitute but
one agreement.

                  13.  Illegality.  In the  event  that  any  one or more of the
provisions contained in this Escrow Agreement shall be determined to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason,  the validity,  legality
and  enforceability of any such provision in any other respect and the remaining
provisions of this Escrow  Agreement shall not, at the election of the party for
whom the benefit of the provision exists, be in any way impaired.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have caused this Escrow
Agreement to be executed on their behalf as of the date first above written.
                                                     VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                                     By:
                                                     Kenneth M. Darby
                                                     President


                                                     Isaac Gershoni

                                                     EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK
                                                         as Escrow Agent


                                                     By:


                                   LOAN AGREEMENT


                                                        Dated: October 12, 1999
NAME OF BORROWER:

         VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS:

    89 Arkay Drive         Hauppauge                 Suffolk  NY       11788

    Street & No.           City/Town                 County   State    Zip
                                                                       Code

STATE OF INCORPORATION:

         New York State


1.       PREAMBLE

         The Borrower has requested KEYBANK NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION (the "Bank" or
"Lender"), a national banking association, with an office for the transaction of
business located at 1377 Motor Parkway,  Islandia, New York 11788 to grant (i) a
mortgage  loan in the amount of ONE MILLION TWO  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  ($1,200,000)
DOLLARS (the "Loan") to the Borrower,  and the Bank is willing to do so but only
upon the terms and conditions of:

         (a) this Loan Agreement (the "Agreement"),

         (b) a Mortgage Note (the "Mortgage Note"), dated on even date herewith,

         (c) a third Mortgage and Security Agreement dated on even date herewith
covering the Premises (hereinafter defined)(collectively, the "Mortgage"),

         (d) an Assignment of Leases and Rents covering the Premises
(the "Assignment of Rents"),



<PAGE>



         (e) and other documents  executed or provided by Borrower in connection
with this transaction (this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of
Rents, and the other documents are hereinafter  collectively referred to as, the
"Loan Documents").

2.       USE OF LOAN PROCEEDS

         The Borrower will use the Loan proceeds in connection with the propert
located at 89 Arkay Drive,  Hauppauge,  New York 11788 (the "Premises").

3.       LOAN PAYABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NOTE.

         The Loan shall be payable as  provided  for in the Note.  The Bank,  in
addition  to its legal right of setoff  shall be entitled to debit any  accounts
maintained by Borrower with the Bank for payment due under the Note.

4.       INTEREST

         The Loan shall bear interest  computed at a rate (the "Interest  Rate")
as set forth in the Note.

5.       SECURITY

         As collateral security for the payment of all present and future debts,
obligations  and  liabilities  of the  Borrower to the Bank,  including  but not
limited to those set forth in the Note (collectively,  the  "Obligations"),  the
Borrower will grant to the Bank a security interest in all of the following (the
"Collateral"):

         (a) a security  interest  in and  assignment  and pledge of all monies,
deposits  or  other  sums  now or  hereafter  held by the  Bank on  deposit,  in
safekeeping,  transit or otherwise, at any time credited by or due from the Bank
to the Borrower, or in which the Borrower shall have an interest;

         (b) a third mortgage lien on the property  located 89 Arkay Drive,
Hauppauge,  New York 11788 evidence by the Mortgage; and

         (c) an assignment of leases and rents from the Premises.



<PAGE>


         From time to time,  the  Borrower  will execute and deliver to the Bank
such assignments,  agreements,  documents, Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") forms
and other  papers  as the Bank may  request  in  connection  with the  granting,
perfection or continuation of the security interests granted hereunder. Borrower
hereby authorizes the Bank to file at any time UCC forms signed only by the Bank
or copies thereof or of this Agreement.

6.       CONDITIONS TO LOAN

         (a) Conditions Precedent. Borrower agrees that prior to or in any event
no later than the time of the closing of the Loan under this Agreement,  it will
deliver to the Bank:

                  (1)  Certified copies of corporate resolutions authorizing the
                  execution and delivery of all Loan Documents;

                  (2)  Certificate  of good standing from the Secretary of State
                  of New  York and any  other  state or  foreign  country  where
                  Borrower is doing business as to Borrower;

                  (3)  Proof  satisfactory  to the  Bank  that the  Borrower  is
                  authorized to do business in the State of New York;

                  (4)  New York State franchise tax search as to Borrower;

                  (5)  A Certificate of incumbency as to Borrower;

                  (6)  Certificates  of  insurance  for any  insurance  required
                  pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents;

                  (7)  UCC searches satisfactory to the Bank;

                  (8)  Duly executed UCC financing statements;

                  (9)  Duly executed Loan Documents;

                  (10) An  opinion  from  counsel  for the  Borrower  as to such
                  matters  as may be  deemed  appropriate  by the  Bank  and its
                  counsel;

                  (11)  Payment  by the  Borrower  of  all  costs  and  expenses
                  incurred by the Bank in establishing the Loan.


<PAGE>


         (b)      Financial Reporting Requirements.  The Borrower agrees as
follows:

                  (1)  Borrower  shall  furnish  annually  to the Bank,  audited
                  Financial Statements of Assets and Liabilities,  together with
                  Profit and Loss  Statements and Borrower's Form 10K, not later
                  than ninety (90) days  following  the close of the  Borrower's
                  Fiscal Year, which Financial Statements shall be prepared on a
                  consolidated   basis  by  an  independent   Certified   Public
                  Accountant  (CPA),  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Bank,  in
                  accordance     with     Generally     Accepted      Accounting
                  Principles(GAAP),  including the report/letter, all statements
                  and all footnotes.

                  (2)  Annually,  within  90 days  of its  Fiscal  Year  End and
                  quarterly  within 60 days of each quarter end,  Borrower shall
                  submit  compliance   certificates   setting  forth  Borrower's
                  calculations   of  and   demonstrating   compliance  with  its
                  Financial  Covenants  pursuant to this  Agreement  and further
                  certifying  that,  to the best of its  knowledge,  no Event of
                  Default  has  occurred  hereunder  or is  occurring  or,  if a
                  default or Event of Default has occurred or is occurring, then
                  how  same  shall  be  cured  within  thirty  (30)  days.   The
                  compliance certificates must be duly executed by the Borrower.

                  (3)  Annually,  within  90 days of each  fiscal  year  end and
                  quarterly,  within 60 days of each quarter end, Borrower shall
                  submit management prepared consolidating financial statements.

                  (4) The Borrower shall,  within 60 days following each quarter
                  end,  furnish  to the  Bank  a  copy  of  its  Form  10-Q  and
                  consolidated Financial Statements.



<PAGE>


                  (5)  Annually,  Borrower  shall  submit  its  budget  for  the
                  upcoming year including  projected  Profit and Loss Statements
                  and  a  Balance  Sheet,  said  budget  to  be  delivered  with
                  Borrower's Year End Financial Statements.

                  (6) Borrower shall submit such other  financial  documentation
                  to the Bank as the Bank may reasonably  require so long as the
                  Loan is outstanding.

                  (7) Failure to deliver  financial  information  within fifteen
                  (15) days of the date  specified  will  constitute an Event of
                  Default hereunder.

         (c) Financial Covenants.  Except for Section 6(c)5 below, the following
financial   covenants  are  intended  to  duplicate   those   contained  in  the
$14,000,000.00  credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") between the Lender and
Borrower  dated July 20, 1998.  For so long as the Credit  Agreement  remains in
effect,  including all  extension  and renewal  periods,  all  modifications  or
waivers of financial  covenants  under the Credit  Agreement will also modify or
waive the corresponding  financial  covenants under this Loan Agreement.  At the
termination  of the Credit  Agreement  if prior to the  termination  of the Loan
Agreement, the then effective and governing financial covenants under the Credit
Agreement will be deemed to be the effective  financial covenants under the Loan
Agreement  and same will be  confirmed in writing by an agreement to be executed
by the Borrower and the Lender.

The Borrower  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date of execution of
this Agreement,  and so long as any amount may be borrowed  hereunder or remains
unpaid  on  account  of the  Note or is  otherwise  due to the Bank  under  this
Agreement  or any  related  document,  Borrower  shall  comply  with each of the
following covenants:

                           (1) Net  Income.  Borrower  shall  on a  consolidated
                  basis (i)  maintain  a positive  Net  Income on a fiscal  year
                  basis, (ii) not have two consecutive  fiscal quarters in which
                  it has net  losses  that  total in excess of  $500,000.00  and
                  (iii) not have net losses for four consecutive fiscal quarters
                  that total in excess of $800,000.00.

                           (2)  Maximum  Liabilities  to Worth  Ratio.  Borrower
                  shall maintain on a consolidated basis at all times a ratio of
                  Total  Liabilities  to  Tangible  Net  Worth of not more  than
                  1.50:1.0.


<PAGE>


                           (3) Debt Coverage Ratio. Borrower shall maintain on a
                  consolidated  basis at all times a Debt Coverage  Ratio of not
                  less than 1.25:1.0,  to be tested  quarterly on a rolling four
                  quarter basis.

                           (4) Capital Expenditures. Borrower shall not make any
                  Capital  Expenditures  in excess of  $2,000,000.00  during any
                  fiscal  year,  excluding  Capital  Expenditures   incurred  in
                  Borrower's  one time expansion of its facility on Arkay Drive,
                  Hauppauge,  New York and Acquisitions  identified as Permitted
                  Acquisitions  under  section  9.07  of the  Credit  Agreement,
                  including  acquisitions permitted by waiver or modification to
                  such Credit Agreement.

                           (5)   Modification/Release  of  Financial  Covenants.
                  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  herein,  upon the
                  written  request  of  Borrower  to the  Lender,  (i) the  Debt
                  Coverage  Ratio set forth above shall be  increased to 1.3:1.0
                  to be  tested  as  hereinafter  set  forth,  and (ii)  Capital
                  Expenditures,  the Maximum  Liabilities to Worth Ratio and Net
                  Income  financial  covenants set forth above shall be released
                  PROVIDED Borrower has complied with all of the following:

                                    (a)  The  Loan  to  Value   Ratio   must  be
                           decreased to sixty-five  (65%) percent or less(either
                           by normal amortization and/or a partial prepayment);

                                    (b) Borrower has provided a new appraisal of
                           the  Premises to the Bank  evidencing a Loan to Value
                           Ratio of sixty-five (65%) percent or less prepared by
                           a Bank approved appraiser and in form satisfactory to
                           the Bank; and

                                    (c) Borrower is not in default  under any of
                           the  Loan   Documents   (as   defined   in  the  Loan
                           Agreement).



<PAGE>


                           (6)  Determination  of  Compliance.  Compliance  with
                  these financial  covenants shall be determined by reference to
                  the financial  statements of Borrower  calculated for Borrower
                  and its Subsidiaries delivered to Lender and shall exclude any
                  balance  sheet  information  or results of  operations  of any
                  Subsidiary  which  is not  also  a  Guarantor.  All  financial
                  covenants shall be applicable at all times and shall be tested
                  at the end of each  fiscal  quarter  except  as set  forth  in
                  paragraph 6(c)(1) above.

                           (7)      DEFINITIONS.

                           "Acquisition" means any transaction pursuant to which
                  Borrower  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries  (i)  acquires  equity
                  securities  (or  warrants,  option or other  rights to acquire
                  such  securities)  of any  corporation,  partnership,  limited
                  liability  company  or  other  business  organization,  or any
                  Person which is not then a Subsidiary of Borrower, pursuant to
                  a  solicitation  of  tenders  thereof,   or  in  one  or  more
                  negotiated block, market or other transactions not involving a
                  tender offer,  or a combination  of any of the  foregoing,  or
                  (ii)  makes any  Person not then a  Subsidiary  of  Borrower a
                  Subsidiary of Borrower, or causes any such Person to be merged
                  into or purchased by Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  in
                  any case  pursuant  to a  merger,  purchase  of  assets or any
                  reorganization  providing  for the delivery or issuance to the
                  holders  of such  Person's  then  outstanding  securities,  in
                  exchange  for  such  securities,  of  cash  or  securities  of
                  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or a combination thereof,
                  or (iii) purchases all or substantially all of the business or
                  assets of any Person.

                           "Affiliate"  means,  with respect to any Person,  any
                  Person  (i)  that  directly  or  indirectly  controls,  or  is
                  controlled by, or is under common  control with,  such Person,
                  (ii) that directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds 5%
                  or more of any class of voting stock of such Person,  (iii) 5%
                  or more of the voting stock of which is directly or indirectly
                  beneficially  owned or held by such  Person,  (iv)  which is a
                  partnership or limited  liability company in which such Person
                  is  respectively  a general  partner  or manager or (v) who is
                  among  such  Person's  officers,  directors  joint  venturers,
                  managers or partners. The term "control" means the possession,
                  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the
                  direction of the management and policies of a Person,  whether
                  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract,  or
                  otherwise.


<PAGE>


                           "Amortization" means amortization as determined in
                  accordance with GAAP.

                           "Capital  Expenditures"  means  expenditures  for any
                  fixed assets or improvements, replacements,  substitutions, or
                  additions  thereto  which have a useful  life of more than one
                  year.

                           "Capital  Lease" means any lease which is required to
                  be   capitalized  on  the  balance  sheet  of  the  lessee  in
                  accordance with GAAP.

                           "Chun  Shin"  means  Chun Shin  Industries,  Inc.,  a
                  corporation formed under the laws of the Republic of Korea.

                           "Current  Debt" means,  on the date of  determination
                  with respect to any Person, that portion of such Person's long
                  term  debt,  including  Capital  Leases  and  the  outstanding
                  principal  balance of the Term Loan,  that is due and  payable
                  within the next 12 months.  Current  Debt  shall  exclude  all
                  Revolving Credit Loans.

                           "Debt"   means,   with  respect  to  any  Person  (i)
                  indebtedness   of  such  Person  for  borrowed   money,   (ii)
                  indebtedness relating to the acquisition of property where the
                  full  purchase  price is not paid at the time such property is
                  acquired  but is  required  to be  paid,  in whole or in part,
                  thereafter (excluding trade debt and accounts payable),  (iii)
                  the face amount of any  outstanding  letters of credit  issued
                  for the account of such Person, (iv) obligations arising under
                  acceptance facilities,  (v) guaranties and endorsements (other
                  than  endorsements  for  collection in the ordinary  course of
                  business) under which such Person has a direct, non-contingent
                  payment  or   performance   obligation,   (vi)  other  direct,
                  non-contingent  obligations to purchase,  to provide funds for
                  payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person, or otherwise
                  to assure a creditor against loss, (vii)  obligations  secured
                  by any Lien on property of such Person,  (viii) obligations of
                  such  Person  as  lessee   under   Capital   Leases  and  (ix)
                  indebtedness  of  such  Person  evidenced  by  a  note,  bond,
                  indenture or similar instrument.



<PAGE>


                           "Debt  Coverage  Ratio"  means  (i) the  consolidated
                  EBITDA  of  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries,  minus  any  cash
                  Dividends  paid or  declared  to be paid  to  shareholders  of
                  Borrower  for the prior 12 month  period,  (ii) divided by the
                  sum  of  the  Current  Debt   (including   Current  Chun  Shin
                  Acquisition  Debt,  except as  provided  below)  and  Interest
                  Expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries all on a consolidated
                  basis, as determined at the end of each fiscal quarter,  based
                  upon Borrower's  financial  statements delivered in accordance
                  with the Loan Agreement.  If Borrower completes an Acquisition
                  of Chun Shin under terms where all or part of the  Acquisition
                  price is payable  following  consummation  of the  Acquisition
                  ("Chun  Shin  Acquisition  Debt"),  and  if,  at the  date  of
                  determination  of  Debt  Coverage  Ratio,  the  amount  of the
                  Revolving   Credit   Commitment  then  available  to  Borrower
                  hereunder  equals or  exceeds  that  portion  of the Chun Shin
                  Acquisition  Debt which is due and payable  within the next 12
                  months ("Current Chun Shin Acquisition Debt"), then 50% of the
                  Current  Chun Shin  Acquisition  Debt shall be  excluded  from
                  Current Debt for the purposes of computing  the Debt  Coverage
                  Ratio.

                           "Depreciation" means depreciation as determined in
                  accordance with GAAP.

                           "Dividends" means, for any period,  dividends paid by
                  Borrower or any Subsidiary during such period.

                           "EBITDA"  means,  for any period,  the sum of (i) Net
                  Income, (ii) income taxes paid or payable to any government or
                  government instrumentality, (iii) all Interest Expense paid or
                  accrued on any Debt, (iv)  Depreciation  and (v)  Amortization
                  during such period.

                           "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles
                  in the  United  States of  America  as in effect  from time to
                  time,  applied  on a basis  consistent  with those used in the
                  preparation of the Borrower's financial statements.



<PAGE>


                           "Guarantors"  means Vicon Industries  International
                  Sales Corp.,  Vicon Industries  Foreign Sales Corp. and
                  each future Subsidiary which is required to become a party to
                  the Guaranty in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

                           "Interest Expense" means interest expense of Borrower
                  and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for a particular
                  period as reflected in its financial statements and calculated
                  in accordance with GAAP.

                           "Lien"  means  any  lien  (statutory  or  otherwise),
                  security interest,  mortgage, deed of trust, priority, pledge,
                  charge,  conditional sale, title retention agreement,  Capital
                  Lease or other  encumbrance or similar right of others, or any
                  agreement to give any of the foregoing.

                           "Net Income" means with respect to any Person for any
                  period,  such  Person's net income after taxes for such period
                  as reflected on such Person's financial statements.

                           "Person"    means   an    individual,    partnership,
                  corporation,  business  trust,  joint  stock  company,  trust,
                  limited liability company,  unincorporated association,  joint
                  venture,  governmental  authority  or other entity of whatever
                  nature.

                           "Revolving Credit Commitment" means the obligation of
                  the  Lender  to  extend   revolving   credit  to  Borrower  in
                  accordance  with the terms of a certain credit  agreement (the
                  "Credit  Agreement")  dated  July  20,  1998 in the  aggregate
                  principal amount not to exceed  $7,500,000.00,  or if Borrower
                  elects  to   increase   the   Revolving   Credit   Commitment,
                  $9,500,000.00,  as such  amount may be  reduced  or  otherwise
                  modified  from  time to time in  accordance  with the terms of
                  said Credit Agreement.

                           "Revolving  Credit Loans" mean any Revolving Credit
                  Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit
                  Agreement.



<PAGE>


                           "Revolving Credit Termination Date" means the earlier
                  of (i) the date on which the Revolving  Credit Loan is paid in
                  full and the Revolving Credit  Commitments shall terminate and
                  the obligations of Borrower in connection  therewith have been
                  satisfied  or (ii) the date  four  years  from the date of the
                  Revolving Credit  Commitment unless such date is not a Banking
                  Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day.

                           "Subsidiary"   means,   as   to   any   Person,   any
                  corporation,  partnership,  limited liability company or other
                  business  organization  or entity of which at least a majority
                  of the securities or other ownership interests having ordinary
                  voting power  (absolutely or contingently) for the election of
                  directors or other persons performing similar functions are at
                  the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person.  For the
                  purposes of the  financial  covenants  set forth in Article 10
                  under the Credit Agreement and in the  Modification  Agreement
                  and the  definitions  of Current  Debt,  Debt,  Debt  Coverage
                  Ratio,  EBITDA,  Interest  Expense,  Net Income,  Tangible Net
                  Worth, Total Assets and Total  Liabilities,  the balance sheet
                  information  and results of  operations  of Vicon U.K. and any
                  other  Subsidiary  which is not a  Guarantor  under the Credit
                  Agreement shall be excluded.

                           "Tangible Net Worth" means,  at any particular  date,
                  the amount of excess of Total  Assets  over Total  Liabilities
                  which  would,  in  accordance  with GAAP,  be  included  under
                  shareholders'  equity  on  a  consolidated  balance  sheet  of
                  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as at such date. There shall be
                  excluded from the determination of Total Assets all intangible
                  assets, including, without limitation,  organization expenses,
                  patents,  trademarks,  copyrights,  goodwill, covenants not to
                  compete,  research and  developmental  costs,  training costs,
                  treasury stock, deferred charges and any loans receivable from
                  officers  or  Affiliates,  other  than loans  receivable  from
                  Affiliates  incurred  as a  result  of  sales  of goods in the
                  ordinary course of business.

                           "Term Loan" means the Term Loan made to Borrower by
                  Lender under the Credit Agreement.

                           "Total  Assets"  means,  at a  particular  date,  all
                  amounts  which would,  in  accordance  with GAAP,  be included
                  under assets on a  consolidated  balance sheet of Borrower and
                  its Subsidiaries as at such date.



<PAGE>


                           "Total  Liabilities" means, at a particular date, all
                  amounts  which would,  in  accordance  with GAAP,  be included
                  under liabilities on a consolidated  balance sheet of Borrower
                  and its Subsidiaries as at such date.

7.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Borrower represents and warrants that:

         (a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the State of New York and is  authorized  to do business in the State of
New York and, that it has full corporate  power to execute this  Agreement,  the
Note and all other Loan  Documents  and do all things  required of it hereunder,
and that the  Borrower's  main office for doing  business is as indicated at the
beginning of this Agreement;

         (b) The Borrower maintains offices at the following location(s):
89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, New York 11788;

         (c) The Borrower's most recent financial  statement as submitted to the
Bank fairly represents the Borrower's financial condition as of the dates shown;
that the Borrower is the owner of all of the assets and property as shown in the
financial statement, subject to no liens, encumbrances or charges whatever other
than as set forth in said  financial  statement,  and that the  Borrower  has no
liabilities other than shown on said financial statement;

         (d) The Borrower is the owner of the Collateral,  free and clear of any
liens, claims or rights of any other party, except as listed in Schedule A;

         (e)  There is no  action,  litigation,  suit,  proceeding,  inquiry  or
investigation,  at law or in equity, or before or by any court,  public board or
body,  pending,  threatened against or affecting the Borrower which involves the
possibility of materially adversely affecting the property, business, profits or
conditions (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower;

         (f) The Borrower has filed all  required  federal,  state and local tax
returns and has paid all taxes shown on such returns as they become due;



<PAGE>


         (g) The  execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  and all other Loan
Documents  will not  violate any  provision  of this  Agreement  or of any other
agreement or  instrument  to which the Borrower is a party for which  waivers of
same have not been obtained;

         (h) All necessary  corporate  action to authorize the Borrower's  entry
into this  Agreement and the execution of the Loan  Documents has been taken and
that the Loan Documents when executed by the Borrower shall be valid and binding
obligations of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with their terms;

         (i) The execution,  delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the
consummation of the  transactions  therein  contemplated and compliance with the
provisions  of each by the  Borrower  does not and will not (i)  conflict  with,
violate  or  result  in a  breach  of any  of the  terms  or  provisions  of the
certificate of  incorporation  or by-laws of the Borrower,  (ii) require consent
which has not hereto been  received or will result in a breach or default of any
credit  agreement,  indenture,  purchase  agreement,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,
commitment, guaranty agreement, or any other instrument to which the Borrower is
a party,  or by which the Borrower may be bound or affected for which waivers of
same have not been obtained, or (iii) conflict with or violate any existing law,
rule,  regulation,  judgment,  order or decree of any  government,  governmental
instrumentality,  or court,  domestic or foreign,  having  jurisdiction over the
Borrower or any of its properties;

         (j) The Borrower possesses all licenses, trademarks,  trademark rights,
and  tradenames  which are  required  for the  conduct of its  business  without
conflict with the rights of others.

8.       NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         While the Loan remains  outstanding,  the Borrower  agrees that it will
not, without prior written consent of the Bank:

         (a) Merge or consolidate  with any other person,  firm,  corporation or
business if (i) Borrower is not the surviving corporation, or (ii) the surviving
entity has a lower credit rating than Borrower; or

         (b)  Sell,  lease,  assign,   transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any
significant  assets or  property,  except in the normal  course of  business  as
presently conducted, and for full and adequate consideration.

9.       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS



<PAGE>


         While the Loan remains outstanding, the Borrower agrees that it will:

         (a)      Make all payments required under the Note;

         (b)  Furnish  the Bank with copies of  Financial  Statements  and other
financial documentation as set forth herein;

         (c) Pay and discharge any and all taxes,  assessments and  governmental
charges  on the due date  thereof,  unless the same are being  contested  by the
Borrower  in good faith and  provided  such  contest  does not impair the Bank's
security;

         (d) Timely comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Loan
Documents;

         (e) Keep all of its property insured by insurance companies licensed to
do business in New York and in such other state(s) where the property is located
against  loss or damage by fire or other risk usually  insured  against by other
owners or users of such properties in similar businesses under extended coverage
endorsement and against theft,  burglary, and pilferage together with such other
hazards  as the  Bank may  from  time to time  reasonably  request,  in  amounts
satisfactory  to the Bank.  The Borrower shall deliver the policy or policies of
such  insurance to the Bank. All such insurance  shall contain  endorsements  in
form  satisfactory  to the  Bank  providing  that  the  insurance  shall  not be
cancelable  except upon thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice to the Bank and
showing the Bank as a party  insured as its  interest  may appear.  The Borrower
shall  promptly  notify the Bank of any event or  occurrence  causing a material
loss or  decline  in value of  property  insured  or the  existence  of an event
justifying  a  material  claim  under any  insurance  and the  estimated  amount
thereof;

         (f) Keep the Bank fully informed as to all matters that may affect the
Loan;

         (g) Preserve and maintain its assets and keep the same in good order
and condition;

         (h) If the  Bank so  reasonably  requires,  provide  the  Bank  with an
appraisal or  appraisals  of the Premises  subsequent to the closing of the Loan
but not more often than once every twelve (12) months  except as  otherwise  set
forth herein.



<PAGE>


         All costs of such future appraisals shall be paid by the Borrower.

10.      DEFAULT

         Each of the  following  shall  be an  "Event  of  Default"  under  this
Agreement:

         (a) The occurrence of an Event of Default under the Note, any of the
Loan Documents; or

         (b) Borrower shall fail to perform any other obligation  required to be
performed under this Agreement or any other Loan Document,  for thirty (30) days
after receipt of notice from the Bank of such failure; or

         (c) Any warranty,  representation or other statement by or on behalf of
Borrower in any Loan Document or instrument  furnished in compliance  with or in
reference to any Loan  Document  proves in the Bank's  reasonable  opinion to be
false or misleading in any material respect; or

         (d) Borrower shall  generally not be paying debts as they become due or
file a petition or seek relief under or take  advantage of any  insolvency  law;
make an assignment  for the benefit of creditors;  commence a proceeding for the
appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,  liquidator,  custodian or  conservator of
Borrower or of the whole or substantially  all of Borrower's  property or of any
collateral  pledged  as  security  for the Note;  or if  Borrower  shall  file a
petition or an answer to a petition under any chapter of the  Bankruptcy  Reform
Act of 1978, as amended (or any successor statute  thereto),  or file a petition
or seek relief under or take  advantage  of any other  similar law or statute of
the United  States of America,  any State  thereof,  or any  foreign  country or
subdivision thereof; or



<PAGE>


         (e) A Court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or
decree appointing or authorizing a receiver, trustee,  liquidator,  custodian or
conservator  of  Borrower  or of the whole or  substantially  all of  Borrower's
property,  or any portion of the collateral pledged as security for the Note, or
enter an order for  relief  against  Borrower  in any case  commenced  under any
chapter of the  Bankruptcy  Reform Act of 1978,  as  amended  (or any  successor
statute thereto),  or grant relief under any other similar law or statute of the
United  States  of  America,  any  State  thereof,  or any  foreign  country  or
subdivision  thereof and the same is not stayed or discharged  within sixty (60)
days of entry; or

         (f) Under the provisions of any law for the relief or aid of debtors, a
court of competent jurisdiction or a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or
conservator  shall assume custody or control or take possession from Borrower of
all or substantially all of Borrower's property or any portion of any collateral
pledged as security for the Note; or

         (g) There is commenced  against  Borrower any proceeding for any of the
foregoing relief or if a petition is filed against Borrower under any chapter of
the  Bankruptcy  Reform  Act of  1978,  as  amended  (or any  successor  statute
thereto),  or under any other  similar  law or statute  of the United  States of
America,  any State thereof, or any foreign country or subdivision  thereof, and
such proceeding or petition remains  undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days
or if Borrower by any act indicates  consent to,  approval of or acquiescence in
any such proceeding or petition; or

         (h) The Bank  receives  a notice  to  creditors  with  regard to a bulk
transfer by Borrower pursuant to Article VI of the Uniform Commercial Code; or

         (i) In the event that (a) any entity then having a lesser credit rating
than Borrower shall acquire  beneficial  ownership of a majority interest in the
voting  stock of Borrower,  or (b) the Borrower  shall merge with such an entity
and shall not be the surviving corporation; or

         (j) Borrower shall fail to satisfy a final judgment  entered against it
for the payment of money within thirty (30) days from entry or  affirmance,  and
in any event, prior to any execution or enforcement thereof; or

         (k) Borrower shall be in default under any other  agreement or document
with the Bank; or

         (l) Borrower  shall fail to obtain and deliver to Lender a  certificate
of occupancy (or  certificate of compliance) for the open permit on the Premises
identified as Permit number 101969 with the Town of Smithtown within one hundred
twenty (120) days of the date hereof.



<PAGE>


         If an Event of  Default  occurs  or,  if an  event  which,  but for the
passage of time, the giving of notice or both (unless same is required under the
Loan Documents),  would constitute an Event of Default, the Bank may declare the
Loan and any other  Obligations to be  immediately  due and payable and the Bank
shall have,  in addition to all other  rights and remedies  including  those set
forth in the  Mortgage  and in the  Assignment  of Leases and Rents,  those of a
secured  party  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code of the  State  of New York
including without limitation, the right to institute foreclosure proceedings and
the right to take  possession of all  Collateral,  and for that purpose the Bank
may enter the Premises  where the Collateral may be situated and remove the same
therefrom  without legal  process.  At the request of the Bank,  if  applicable,
Borrower  (i)  will  disclose  the  exact  location  of  any  personal  property
Collateral,  (ii) assist in the collection of any personal property  Collateral,
and (iii) assemble any personal property  Collateral at a place to be designated
by the Bank.  The  requirements  of  reasonable  notice shall be met if the Bank
gives to the  Borrower at least five (5) days prior  written  notice of the time
and place of any public sale of any personal property  Collateral or if the time
after which any private sale or any other  intended  disposition  is to be made.
For the purpose of realizing the Bank's rights in the  Collateral,  the Bank may
endorse  notes,  checks,  drafts,  money  orders,  documents  of  title or other
evidences  of  payment,  shipment  or  storage  or  endorse  any other  forms of
Collateral  on  behalf of and in the name of  Borrower  and may  compromise  and
settle claims and otherwise  generally  deal with the  Collateral.  The Borrower
hereby irrevocably  appoints the Bank as its lawful  attorney-in-fact  with full
power of substitution  for the Borrower in its name, place and stead to take all
actions with respect to the Collateral permitted hereunder.

         Any sale or  disposition  of  Collateral by the Bank shall be done in a
commercially   reasonable   manner.  All  decisions  with  respect  to  sale  or
disposition of the Collateral shall be made solely by the Bank.

         All  proceeds  received  from  the  disposition  and/or  collection  of
Collateral  shall be applied by the Bank, in its discretion and in such order as
it elects,  to (i) the payment of all expenses  incurred in connection  with the
sale and/or collection of the Collateral,  including reasonable  attorney's fees
and other expenses and  disbursements  and the reasonable  expenses of retaking,
collecting,  holding, preparing for sale, sale and the like and (ii) the payment
of all interest, principal and other sums due under the Loan Documents.


<PAGE>


11.      INDEMNIFICATION

         The Bank by virtue of the pledge and assignment of the Collateral to it
hereunder shall not be deemed to have assumed the Borrower's  obligations  under
the Collateral or be  responsible  for servicing the Collateral and the Borrower
shall and does hereby agree to defend,  indemnify  and hold the Bank harmless of
and from any and all liability of any name, nature or kind which may arise or be
alleged  to  have  arisen  as a  result  of the  pledge  and  assignment  of the
Collateral to the Bank hereunder.

12.      FEES AND EXPENSES

         All  filing  fees,  recording  costs  and all  other  fees or  charges,
including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the Bank in connection with the
preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and in perfecting and
defending  the  Bank's  security  interests  in the  Collateral  and its  rights
hereunder,  shall be deemed to be sums payable under the Note and secured by the
Collateral and shall be paid by the Borrower on demand.

13.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         (a) Inspection.  The Bank may examine the Borrower's  books and records
with respect to the Collateral  and this  Agreement at all  reasonable  times to
insure  compliance  with  the  terms of the Loan  Documents.  Additionally,  the
Borrower  hereby agrees to allow the Bank,  its  personnel and  representatives,
access to the  Borrower's  books  and  records  for the  purpose  of  conducting
periodic  audits.  Such  audits  shall  be done as  frequently  as the  Bank may
reasonably  determine is necessary and Borrower  shall pay the Bank an audit fee
of $650.00 per audit, it being  understood that audit fees shall be charged only
at such times as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

         (b) Notice To Others.  The Bank may, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default or upon the  occurrence of an event which,  but for the passage of time,
the giving of notice or both unless same is required  under the Loan  Documents,
would  constitute  an Event of  Default,  notify  any  party  obligated  to make
payments  to  Borrower  under any  lease of the  Premises  or  portion , to make
payment directly to the Bank.



<PAGE>


         (c) Paragraph  Headings.  Paragraph  headings are for  convenience  and
shall not operate to change or modify any of the terms of this Agreement.

         (d) Partial  Invalidity.  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any
clause or part of this  Agreement or any other Loan  Documents  shall not affect
the validity or enforceability of any other clause or part hereof.

         (e)  Waiver.  Any  waiver by the Bank of any  breach or of any Event of
Default  shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach or Event of Default of
the same or any other provision.

         (f) Rights Cumulative.  All of the Bank's rights,  remedies and powers,
whether  pursuant to this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  or  otherwise
("Rights")   shall  be  cumulative  and  may  be  exercised   independently   or
concurrently,  partially or wholly, and as often as the Bank deems expedient. No
delay or omission in exercising such Right or any other Right shall be construed
as a waiver  or  acquiescence  to an Event of  Default.  Waiver of a Right or an
Event of Default on any one occasion  shall not bar or be a waiver of such Right
or Event of Default on any future occasion.

         (g) Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
State of New York.

         (h) Waiver Of Jury Trial. The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury
in any  litigation in any court with respect to, in connection  with, or arising
out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Loan, or any instrument or
document  delivered in connection  with the Loan,  or the validity,  protection,
interpretation, collection or enforcement thereof, or any other claim or dispute
howsoever arising between the Borrower and the Bank.

         (i)  Notices.  All notices  and  communications  under this  Agreement,
except those communications  permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be made
by telephone,  shall be: (i) personally delivered or (ii) forwarded by overnight
courier  service,  in each instance  addressed to the addresses  hereinafter set
forth,  or such other  addresses as the parties may for themselves  designate in
writing as provided herein for the purpose of receiving notices  hereunder.  All
notices shall be in writing and shall be deemed given,  in the case of notice by
personal  delivery,  upon actual  delivery,  and in the case of courier service,
upon delivery to the courier service as follows:



<PAGE>


                  If to Bank:

                  KeyBank National Association
                  1377 Motor Parkway
                  Islandia, New York 11788
                  Attn:  James V. Maiorino, Vice President

                  If to Borrower:

                  Vicon Industries, Inc.
                  89 Arkay Boulevard
                  Hauppauge, New York 11788
                  Attn:  Kenneth M. Darby, President

         (j) Bank Approval. All Loan Documents and all other documents delivered
by Borrower to the Bank must be acceptable to the Bank and its Counsel.

         (k) Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents
constitute  the  complete  agreement  of the parties with respect to the subject
matters   referred  to  herein  and  supersede  all  prior  or   contemporaneous
negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements or representations of every nature
whatsoever  with respect  thereto,  all of which have become  merged and finally
integrated  into this  Agreement.  Each of the parties  understands  that in the
event of any subsequent litigation, controversy or dispute concerning any of the
terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, neither shall be permitted to
offer or introduce any oral evidence  concerning any other oral promises or oral
agreements  between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
not included or referred to herein and not reflected by a writing  signed by the
Bank.

         (l)  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts  and
any  combination  or  group  of  counterparts  bearing,  in the  aggregate,  the
signatures  of all of the  parties  hereto  shall be deemed  one  Agreement  and
sufficient execution of the within Agreement.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.                      KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:____________________                     By:_________________________
         John Badke                         James V. Maiorino
         Vice President-Finance             Vice President


STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    )  SS.:
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK   )

            On the  12th day of  October,  1999,  before  me,  the  undersigned,
personally  appeared JOHN BADKE,  personally  known to me or proved to me on the
basis of satisfactory  evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to
the within  instrument and  acknowledged  to me that he executed the same in his
capacity,  and that by his signature on the instrument,  the individual,  or the
person on behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.


                                                           NOTARY

STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    )  SS.:
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK   )

            On the  12th day of  October,  1999,  before  me,  the  undersigned,
personally appeared JAMES V. MAIORINO, personally known to me or proved to me on
the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed
to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his
capacity,  and that by his signature on the instrument,  the individual,  or the
person on behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.


                                                           NOTARY


<PAGE>






                                 SCHEDULE "A"

                        PRIOR LIENS, CLAIMS OR RIGHTS OF
                          OTHERS IN AND TO COLLATERAL



                          KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                          KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                  MORTGAGE NOTE

BORROWER:  VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

PRINCIPAL:     $1,200,000                          Date:  October 12, 1999


PROMISE TO PAY: The undersigned (the "Borrower"),  jointly and severally if more
than one  signer,  does hereby  promise to pay to the order of KEYBANK  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION  (the "Bank") at its offices at 1377 Motor  Parkway,  Islandia,  New
York  11788,  or at any of its  branches,  the sum of ONE  MILLION  TWO  HUNDRED
THOUSAND ($1,200,000) DOLLARS plus interest thereon, from the date hereof in the
manner set forth below.

COMPUTATION OF INTEREST:  Interest on the outstanding  principal balance of this
Note shall be computed on the basis of "a 360-day year for the actual  number of
days elapsed"  (such  phrase,  as used  throughout  this Note shall mean that in
computing interest for the subject period, the interest rate shall be multiplied
by a fraction, the denominator of which is 360 and the numerator of which is the
actual  number of days  elapsed from the date of the first  disbursement  of the
Loan or the date of the  preceding  interest  and/or  principal due date, as the
case may be,  to the date of the  next  interest  and/or  principal  due  date).
Interest shall accrue until the date of receipt of payment.

RATE AND PAYMENT:  The unpaid principal  balance hereof shall bear interest at a
variable rate equal to, at Borrower's  option,  either (i) the 30, 60, or 90 day
LIBOR Rate (at Borrower's  option) plus One Hundred (100) Basis Points,  or (ii)
the Prime Rate minus one hundred  sixty (160) Basis Points,  payable  monthly on
the first day of the first month  following the date hereof and on the first day
of each month thereafter until this Note is paid in full. The option selected by
Borrower  shall be the  applicable  "Interest  Rate"  for such  Interest  Period
(hereinafter defined).

"LIBOR  Rate"  shall mean the rate of  interest  per annum  (rounded  upwards if
necessary  to the  nearest  1/16 of 1%) that is equal to the rate  quoted by the
Bank, or its successors or assigns, for a LIBOR Period of one (1) month, two (2)
months or three (3) months (each, a "LIBOR  Period"),  as adjusted for statutory
requirements,  two (2)  Business  Days  prior to the first  day of the  Interest
Period for which the LIBOR Rate is calculated, for the offering to leading banks
in the London interbank market of U.S. dollar deposits in immediately  available
funds,  for a period,  and in an  amount,  comparable  to such  Interest  Period
(hereinafter   defined)  and  principal  amount  of  the  Loan  which  shall  be
outstanding during such Interest Period.

"Interest  Period"  means each period  during which the Interest Rate is a LIBOR
Rate,  commencing on the date the Loan bears such LIBOR Rate based Interest Rate
and ending, as Borrower has elected,  on the 30th, 60th, or 90th day thereafter,
providing that no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.



<PAGE>




"LIBOR Loan" means this Loan when the interest  rate  therefor is  determined on
the basis of a LIBOR Rate.

"Prime  Rate  shall  mean  that rate set forth in  Federal  Reserve  Publication
H15(519) under the heading "Prime  Interest  Rate". If such rate does not appear
in the Federal Reserve Publication  H15(519) the rate shall be the Prime Rate as
published in the "Money Rates" column of the Wall Street Journal. Each change in
the Interest Rate shall take effect simultaneously with the corresponding change
in the Prime Rate. The Prime Rate may not be the lowest rate of interest charged
by the Bank for commercial or other extensions of credit.

"Prime Rate Loan" means this Loan when the interest  rate therefor is determined
on the basis of the Prime Rate.

The term "Business Day" means any day other than (i) Saturday or Sunday; or (ii)
a day on which commercial banks in New York are authorized to close.

In the event  Borrower  elects a LIBOR Rate based  Interest Rate for an Interest
Period,  Borrower  shall select an Interest  Period of a duration in  accordance
with the definition of Interest Period above,  except that if an Interest Period
would end on a day which is not a Business Day,  such  Interest  Period shall be
extended to the next  Business  Day,  unless such Business Day would fall in the
next  calender  month,  in which  event such  Interest  Period  shall end on the
immediately  preceding  Business Day. Any Interest  Period which would otherwise
extend beyond the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date.

Upon the  expiration of an Interest  Period  bearing a LIBOR Rate based Interest
Rate,  the Loan shall be  automatically  converted to a "Prime Rate Loan" unless
Borrower  shall have  notified the Bank of its  intention to continue such LIBOR
Rate or elect a different LIBOR Rate at least two (2) Business days prior to the
end of the Interest  Period and subject to the following  conditions  and to the
terms and conditions of this Note:

               (i) the Interest Rate on the Loan may not be converted to a LIBOR
Rate less than one month before the Maturity Date;

               (ii) the Loan may be  converted  to a Prime Rate Loan only on the
last day of an Interest Period;

               (iii) if the Loan is a Prime Rate Loan, the Loan may be converted
to a LIBOR Loan only upon at least two (2)  Business  Day's prior  notice to the
Bank;

               (iv) the Loan may not be  converted  to a LIBOR  Loan  during the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default; and



<PAGE>


               (v) the Interest  Period  selected shall apply to the entire Loan
balance for such Interest Period.

        In the event that the LIBOR Rate quoted by the Bank,  its  successors or
assigns, is no longer available,  the Interest Rate shall automatically  convert
to the Prime Rate minus one hundred sixty (160) Basis Points.

The LIBOR Rate may not be the lowest  rate of  interest  charged by the Bank for
commercial or other  extensions of credit.  Each change in the applicable  LIBOR
Rate shall effect a simultaneous and  corresponding  change in the interest rate
hereunder  without  notice to the  Borrower.  Interest  shall be calculated on a
three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual number of days elapsed.

Principal  repayment  shall begin on December 1, 1999 when Borrower  shall begin
making equal consecutive  monthly  installments of principal,  each in an amount
sufficient to fully amortize the  outstanding  principal  balance hereof over an
one hundred fifty-nine (159) month period, plus accrued interest at the Interest
Rate.  On February 1, 2008 (the  "Maturity  Date") (or such  earlier date in the
event Borrower defaults hereunder),  the entire unpaid principal balance of this
Note and all accrued but unpaid  interest and any other sums due hereunder shall
be due and payable.

Each installment payment shall be applied first to interest at the Interest Rate
with the  balance,  if any,  applied to  principal.  If any monthly  installment
payment is  insufficient  to pay the interest due at the Interest Rate,  KeyBank
will  notify the  Borrower  of the  amount of  additional  interest  due and the
Borrower  will remit said sum to KeyBank or KeyBank shall offset such amount (as
hereinafter provided) within five (5) business days.

PREPAYMENT: The Loan may be prepaid in whole or in part in multiples of at least
$100,000 on the first of each month  following not less than ten (10) days prior
written notice,  provided  Borrower is not then in default beyond any applicable
cure period.

Partial  prepayment shall be credited in inverse order of maturity.  Prepayments
of  borrowings  covered  by an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  or  other  rate
protection  mechanism may require termination or adjustment of the swap and will
be subject to the terms and  conditions  of the swap  agreement  with respect to
prepayment/termination.

DEFAULT  INTEREST  RATE:  After  maturity  hereof  (whether by  acceleration  or
otherwise) the principal  amount hereof and the unpaid interest and fees thereon
shall  bear  interest  at a rate per annum  equal to the  greater  of three (3%)
percent in excess of the highest applicable interest rate provided for herein or
sixteen (16%) percent per annum, but in no event shall the rate either be for or
after the occurrence of any event of default or acceleration  exceed the highest
rate of interest, if any, permitted under applicable New York or Federal Law.



<PAGE>


RIGHT OF OFFSET: If any payment is not made when due inclusive of any applicable
grace period,  or if the entire balance becomes due and payable and is not paid,
all or part of the amount due may be offset out of any account or other property
which the  Borrower has at the Bank or any  affiliate of the Bank without  prior
notice or demand.

LATE CHARGES:  The Borrower shall pay to the Bank,  prior to maturity,  for each
payment of  principal  and  interest not paid in full within ten (10) days after
its due date, a late fee equal to the greater of five (5%) percent of the amount
of such payment or fifty ($50) dollars,  but not more than one thousand ($1,000)
dollars.

SECURITY:  This Note is secured by:

        (1) a security  interest  in and  assignment  and pledge of all  monies,
deposits,  or  other  sums now or  hereafter  held by the  Bank on  deposit,  in
safekeeping,  transit or otherwise,  at any time credited by or due from Bank to
the Borrower, or in which the Borrower shall have an interest; and

        (2) a third mortgage on property  located at 89 Arkay Drive,  Hauppauge,
New York 11788 and known on the Suffolk  County Tax Map as District 0800 Section
181.00 Block 03.00 Lot 002.013 (the "Mortgage"); and

        (3) an  Assignment of All Leases and Rents from the premises that is the
subject of the Mortgage.

DEFAULT:  The Bank may declare the entire  unpaid  balance of this Note due and
payable on the happening of any of the following events ("Events of Default"):

               (a) Failure to pay any amount  required by this Note when due and
Borrower  fails to cure  such  default  within  five (5)  business  days or,  if
applicable, failure to have sufficient funds in its account for loan payments to
be debited on the due date and Borrower  fails to cure such default  within five
(5) business days;

               (b) Failure to perform or keep or abide by any term,  covenant or
condition  contained  in this  Note,  the  Mortgage,  or any other  document  or
instrument  given to the Bank in connection  with this loan  (collectively,  the
"Loan Documents") within any applicable cure period;

               (c) The filing of a  bankruptcy  proceeding,  assignment  for the
benefit of creditors,  issuance of any execution,  garnishment, or levy against,
or the commencement of any proceeding for relief from indebtedness by or against
the Borrower;

               (d) The  happening  of any event  which,  in the  judgment of the
Bank,  materially adversely affects the Borrower's ability to repay or the value
of any collateral;



<PAGE>


               (e) If any material written  representation  or statement made to
the Bank by the Borrower is untrue;

               (f) If any material written representation,  covenant or warranty
made to the Bank by the Borrower is breached;

               (g) The occurrence of a default under the Mortgage,  or any other
document  or  instrument  given to the Bank in  connection  with  this  loan and
Borrower fails to cure such default within any applicable cure period;

               (h) Failure to provide any  reasonable  financial  information on
request upon  reasonable  notice or permit an  examination  of books and records
upon reasonable notice.

        Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the balance of this Note shall  become
immediately  due and payable upon the  occurrence of any of the events set forth
in (c) above.

ATTORNEYS  FEES:  In  the  event  the  Bank  retains  counsel  with  respect  to
enforcement of this Note or any other  document or instrument  given to the Bank
by  reason  of  Borrower's  default,  the  Borrower  agrees  to pay  the  Bank's
reasonable  attorneys fees (whether or not an action is commenced and whether or
not in the court of original jurisdiction, appellate court, bankruptcy court, or
otherwise).

SUBSEQUENT  AGREEMENTS:  The Borrower shall be bound by any agreement  extending
the  time or  modifying  the  above  terms of  payment  made by the Bank and any
owner(s) of the  property  covered by the mortgage  referred to herein,  without
notice to the Borrower,  and the Borrower shall continue to be liable to pay all
amounts due hereunder,  but at an interest rate not exceeding the rate set forth
herein,   according  to  the  terms  of  any  such  agreement  of  extension  or
modification.

MISCELLANEOUS:  Delay or failure of the Bank to exercise any of its rights under
this Note shall not be deemed a waiver  thereof.  No waiver of any  condition or
requirement  shall operate as a waiver of any other or  subsequent  condition or
requirement.  The Bank or any other holder of this Note does not have to present
it before  requiring  payment.  The Borrower waives trial by jury,  offset,  and
counterclaim with respect to any action arising out of or relating to this Note.
This Note may not be modified or terminated orally.  This Note shall be governed
by the laws of the State of New York  without  regard to its  conflicts  of laws
rules.  The Borrower  irrevocably  consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the
New York State Supreme Court, Suffolk County in any action concerning this Note.
This Note is binding upon the Borrower, its heirs, successors and assigns.



<PAGE>


               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Borrower has signed this Note as of the
12th day of October, 1999.

                                        VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                        By:___________________________
                                           John Badke, Vice President-Finance

STATE OF NEW YORK     )
                      )  SS.:
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK     )

          On  the  12th  day of  October,  1999,  before  me,  the  undersigned,
personally  appeared JOHN BADKE,  personally  known to me or proved to me on the
basis of satisfactory  evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to
the within  instrument and  acknowledged  to me that he executed the same in his
capacity,  and that by his signature on the instrument,  the individual,  or the
person on behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.


                                                              NOTARY


                                    MORTGAGE
                                       and
                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

                             Dated: October 12, 1999


                                in the amount of
                                  $1,200,000
                             (the "Mortgage Amount")

                                      from
                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              having an office at:
                                 89 Arkay Drive
                            Hauppauge, New York 11788


                                (the "Mortgagor")

                                       to

                          KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                         A National Banking Association

                              having an office at:
                               1377 Motor Parkway
                            Islandia, New York 11788
                                (the "Mortgagee")

                              LOCATION OF PREMISES:

Street Address               :      89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge
County of                    :      Suffolk
State of                     :      New York
District                     :      0800
Section                      :      181.00
Block                        :      03.00
Lot                          :      002.013



                       After recording, please return to:
                 GANDIN, SCHOTSKY, RAPPAPORT, GLASS & GREENE, LLP
                              445 Broad Hollow Road
                              Melville, N. Y. 11747
           This instrument was prepared by the above-named attorneys.


<PAGE>


                         MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                   $1,200,000

        THIS  MORTGAGE  AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT,  made the 12th day of October,
1999, by VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., a New York State corporation with an office for
the transaction of business located at 89 Arkay Drive, Hauppauge, New York , the
MORTGAGOR to KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association,  with
an office  for the  transaction  of  business  located  at 1377  Motor  Parkway,
Islandia, New York 11788, the MORTGAGEE.

        WITNESSETH, that to secure the payment of an indebtedness evidenced by a
certain note bearing even date  herewith in the principal sum of ONE MILLION TWO
HUNDRED THOUSAND  ($1,200,000) Dollars lawful money of the United States, as the
same may be modified,  renewed or extended (the "Note") which sum, with interest
thereon is to be paid by Mortgagor to Mortgagee in accordance  with the terms of
said Note,  and also to secure the payment by Mortgagor to Mortgagee of all sums
expended or advanced by Mortgagee pursuant to any covenant, term or provision of
this  Mortgage or any other Loan Document (as that term is defined in the Note),
and to secure the performance of each covenant,  term and provision by Mortgagor
to be performed pursuant to this Mortgage or any other Loan Document,  Mortgagor
hereby  mortgages  to  Mortgagee,  its  successors  and assigns,  the  following
described  property  (the  "Mortgaged  Property")  whether  now owned or held or
hereafter acquired:

        ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND situate in the County of Suffolk, State
of New York,  and being the same  premises  described  in  Schedule  "A"  hereto
annexed and made a part hereof (the "Premises").

        ALL  RIGHT,  TITLE  AND  INTEREST  of  Mortgagor  in and to any  and all
buildings,  structures  and  improvements,  including  without  limitation,  the
foundations  and  footings  thereof,  now  or at  any  time  hereafter  erected,
constructed   or  situated   upon  the   Premises  or  any  part   thereof  (the
"Improvements").

        TOGETHER with all fixtures,  chattels and articles of personal  property
now or hereafter  attached to or used in connection with the Premises,  together
with any and all replacements  thereof and additions  thereto (the  "Chattels").
This  Mortgage  shall  be  considered  a  financing  statement  pursuant  to the
provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code,  covering fixtures which are affixed
to the Premises.  The types of collateral  covered  hereby are described in this
paragraph.  The debtor is VICON  INDUSTRIES,  INC. The secured  party is KEYBANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION. Their addresses are set forth above.

        TOGETHER with all right, title and interest, if any, of Mortgagor of, in
and to the bed of any street, road or avenue,  opened or proposed,  in front of,
adjoining or abutting upon the Premises to the center line thereof.



<PAGE>




        TOGETHER with any and all awards  heretofore  and hereafter  made to the
present and all subsequent  owners of the Premises by any  governmental or other
lawful  authorities for the taking by eminent domain of the whole or any part of
the Premises,  or any easement therein,  including any awards for any changes of
grade of streets,  which said awards are hereby  assigned to  Mortgagee,  who is
hereby  authorized  to collect and receive the  proceeds of any such awards from
such authorities and to give proper receipts and acquittances  therefor,  and to
apply the same  toward  the  payment  of the  amount  owing on  account  of this
Mortgage and the Note,  notwithstanding  the fact that the amount owing  thereon
may not then be due and payable.

        TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the  Mortgaged  Property  unto  the  Mortgagee,  its
successors and assigns,  PROVIDED ALWAYS that if Mortgagor shall pay or cause to
be paid to Mortgagee,  its successors  and assigns,  said principal sum of money
and other  charges  mentioned  and set forth in this  Mortgage  and in the Note,
together with interest thereon, then and from thence forth, the Mortgage and the
estate hereby granted shall cease, determine and be void.

        AND Mortgagor covenants with Mortgagee as follows:

        1.     REPRESENTATIONS.  Mortgagor  hereby  represents  and  warrants to
Mortgagee as follows:

               (a) That the Loan Documents (as that term is defined in the Note)
are in all  respects  valid and  legally  binding  obligations,  enforceable  in
accordance with their respective terms.

               (b) That the  execution  and  delivery of the Loan  Documents  by
Mortgagor  does not,  and the  performance  and  observance  by Mortgagor of its
obligations  thereunder  will  not,  contravene  or result in a breach of (i) if
Mortgagor purports to be a corporation,  any provision of Mortgagor's  corporate
charter or by-laws,  or, if Mortgagor purports to be partnership,  any provision
of Mortgagor's  partnership  agreement or certificate,  or (ii) any governmental
requirements, or (iii) any decree or judgement binding on Mortgagor, or (iv) any
agreement or instrument  binding on Mortgagor for which waivers of the same have
not been  obtained  or any of  their  respective  properties,  nor will the same
result in the creation of any lien or security interest under any such agreement
or instrument.

               (c)  That  there  are  no  actions,   suits,   investigations  or
proceedings  pending,  or, to the knowledge of Mortgagor,  threatened against or
affecting  Mortgagor  (or any general  partner of  Mortgagor),  or the Mortgaged
Property,  or  involving  the  validity  or  enforceability  of any of the  Loan
Documents or the priority of the lien thereof,  or which will affect Mortgagor's
ability to repay the Note, at law or in equity or before or by any  governmental
authority.

               (d) That  Mortgagor has no knowledge of any violations or notices
of  violations  of any  requirements  for which  waiver(s) of same have not been
obtained.



<PAGE>


               (e)  If  Mortgagor  (or  any  general  partner  of  Mortgagor  if
Mortgagor  is a  partnership)  purports  to be a  corporation,  that (i) it is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the state or foreign country in which it is incorporated, (ii) if required by
the laws of the state in which the Premises is located,  it is duly qualified to
do business and is in good standing  therein,  (iii) it has the corporate power,
authority and legal right to own and operate its properties and assets, carry on
the  business  now being  conducted  and  proposed to be conducted by it, and to
engage in the  transactions  contemplated  by the Loan  Documents,  and (iv) the
execution  and  delivery  of the Loan  Documents  to which it is a party and the
performance  and observance of the provisions  thereof have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate actions.

                    If Mortgagor (or any general partner of Mortgagor if
Mortgagor)  is a  partnership,  that  (i) it is  duly  formed  and  validly
existing under the laws of the state in which it is formed,  (ii) if required by
the laws of the state in which the Premises is located, it is fully qualified to
do business  therein,  (iii) it has the power,  authority and legal right to own
and operate its  properties and assets,  to carry on the business  conducted and
proposed to be conducted by it, and to engage in the  transactions  contemplated
by the Loan Documents, and (iv) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents
to which it is a party and the  performance  and  observance  of the  provisions
thereof have all been duly authorized by all necessary actions of its partners.

               (f) That all utility  services  necessary and  sufficient for the
construction,  development  and  operation  of the  Mortgaged  Property  for its
intended  purposes are  presently  available to the Premises (or the  boundaries
thereof if this Mortgage is executed in conjunction  with a  construction  loan)
through dedicated public rights of way or through  perpetual private  easements,
approved  by  Mortgagee,  with  respect to which the  Mortgage  creates a valid,
binding and enforceable first lien, including, but not limited to, water supply,
storm and sanitary sewer, gas, electric and telephone facilities, and drainage.

               (g) That neither the Mortgaged  Property nor any portion  thereof
is now damaged or injured as result of any fire, explosion,  accident,  flood or
other  casualty or has been the subject of any taking,  and to the  knowledge of
Mortgagor, no taking is pending or contemplated.

               (h) That any  brokerage  commissions  payable by Mortgagor due in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby have been paid in full and
that any such  commissions  coming due in the future  will be  promptly  paid by
Mortgagor. Mortgagor agrees to and shall indemnify Mortgagee from any liability,
claims or losses  arising  by reason  of any such  brokerage  commissions.  This
provision  shall  survive the  repayment of the Note and shall  continue in full
force and effect so long as the possibility of such liability,  claims or losses
exists.



<PAGE>


               (i)  That  the  financial   statements  of  Mortgagor  previously
delivered to Mortgagee are true and correct in all respects,  have been prepared
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles   consistently
applied,  and fairly present the respective financial conditions of Mortgagor as
of the  respective  dates  thereof and the results of their  operations  for the
periods covered thereby;  that no materially  adverse change has occurred in the
assets,  liabilities,  or  financial  conditions  reflected  therein  since  the
respective  dates  thereof;  and  that  no  additional  borrowings  (except  for
borrowings  under existing line of credit with IBJ Schroeder as disclosed to the
Mortgagee)  have been made by Mortgagor  since the date  thereof  other than the
borrowing contemplated hereby.

               (j) That all  federal,  state and other tax returns of  Mortgagor
required by law to be filed have been filed,  that all federal,  state and other
taxes,  assessments  and  other  governmental  charges  upon  Mortgagor  or  its
respective  properties  which  are due and  payable  have  been  paid,  and that
Mortgagor  has set aside on its books  provisions  reasonably  adequate  for the
payment  of all taxes for  periods  subsequent  to the  periods  for which  such
returns have been filed.

               (k) That  Mortgagor  has made no contract or  arrangement  of any
kind or type  whatsoever  (whether  oral or written,  formal or  informal),  the
performance  of which by the other  party  thereto  could give rise to a lien or
encumbrance on the Mortgaged  Property,  except for contracts (all of which have
been disclosed in writing to Mortgagee)  made by Mortgagor with parties who will
execute and deliver lien waivers to  Mortgagor  within one hundred  twenty (120)
days of the date hereof,  copies of which  Mortgagor shall deliver to Mortgagee,
and which will not create rights in existing or future lien claimants  which may
be superior to the lien of the Mortgage.

               (l) That the rights of way for all roads  necessary  for the full
utilization of the  Improvements  for their  intended  purposes have either been
acquired by the Mortgagor,  the appropriate  governmental authority or have been
dedicated to public use and  accepted by such  governmental  authority,  and all
such roads shall have been  completed,  or all  necessary  steps shall have been
taken by  Mortgagor  and such  governmental  authority  to assure  the  complete
construction and installation thereof prior to the date upon which access to the
Mortgaged  Property via such roads will be  necessary.  All curb cuts,  driveway
permits and traffic signals  necessary for access to the Mortgaged  Property are
existing or have been fully approved by the appropriate governmental authority.

               (m) That no Event of Default (hereinbelow  defined) exists and no
event  which but for the  passage  of time,  the  giving of notice or both would
constitute an Event of Default has occurred.

        2. THE INDEBTEDNESS.  Mortgagor will pay the indebtedness as provided in
the Note or in any modification, renewal or extension of the Note.



<PAGE>


        3.  INSURANCE.  At all  times  that the Note is  outstanding,  including
without  limitation  during any construction  period (a "Construction  Period"),
Mortgagor shall maintain insurance with respect to the Premises the Improvements
and the  Chattels  against  such risks and for such  amounts as are  customarily
insured  against by businesses of like size and type paying,  as the same become
due and payable, all premiums in respect thereto, including but not limited to:

               (a) Prior to completion of construction of the  Improvements,  if
the same  have  not  been  completed,  builder's  risk  all risk (or  equivalent
coverage)  insurance upon any work done or material furnished in connection with
construction of the Improvements,  issued to Mortgagor and Mortgagee and written
in   non-reporting   completed  form  to  cover  the  replacement  cost  of  the
Improvements  and at such  time  that  builder's  risk  insurance  shall  not be
available due to completion of the construction of the  Improvements,  or if all
Improvements  have been  completed,  insurance  protecting  the interests of the
Mortgagor and Mortgagee as their  interests may appear against loss or damage to
the Improvements by fire, lightning, flood and other casualties normally insured
against, with a uniform standard extended coverage  endorsement,  such insurance
at all times to be in an amount of the Note or the total cash replacement  value
of the  Improvements  not covered by builder's risk insurance,  as determined at
least once every three years by a recognized  appraiser  or insurer  selected by
the Mortgagor and approved by the Mortgagee.

               (b) Boiler and machinery  insurance  covering  physical damage to
the  Improvements  and to the  major  components  of any  central  heating,  air
conditioning or ventilation  systems and such other equipment as Mortgagee shall
designate.

               (c)  Workers'   compensation   insurance,   disability   benefits
insurance,  and such other form of insurance  which the Mortgagor is required by
law to provide,  covering loss  resulting from injury,  sickness,  disability or
death of employees  of Mortgagor  who are located at or assigned to the Premises
or who are responsible for the construction of the Improvements.

               (d) Insurance  protecting Mortgagor and Mortgagee against loss or
losses from  liabilities  imposed by law or assumed in any written  contract and
arising  from  personal  injury  and death or damage to the  property  of others
caused  by  accident  or  occurrence,  in  such  amounts  as may  be  reasonably
designated from time to time by Mortgagee,  excluding liability imposed upon the
Mortgagor by any applicable workers'  compensation law, or such other amounts as
may be  required in writing by the  Mortgagee;  and a blanket  excess  liability
policy  in  an  amount  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Mortgagee  protecting
Mortgagor  and  Mortgagee  against any loss or  liability or damage for personal
injury or property damage.



<PAGE>


        4.  OTHER  INSURANCE  PROVISIONS.  All  insurance  required  under  this
Mortgage  shall be procured and  maintained in  financially  sound and generally
recognized  responsible  insurance  companies  selected  by  the  Mortgagor  and
authorized  to write such  insurance in the State of New York and  acceptable to
the Mortgagee.  Such insurance may be written with deductible amounts comparable
to those on similar  policies  carried by other  entities  engaged in businesses
similar in size, character and other respects to those in which the Mortgagor is
engaged. All policies evidencing such insurance shall provide for (i) payment of
the losses to Mortgagor and Mortgagee as their respective  interests may appear,
and (ii) at least thirty (30) days written  notice to  Mortgagor  and  Mortgagee
prior to cancellation, reduction in policy limits or material change in coverage
thereof.  The  insurance  required  by  Section  3(a)  shall  contain a New York
Standard  mortgagee  endorsement in favor of Mortgagee.  All insurance  required
hereunder shall be in form, content and coverage  satisfactory to the Mortgagee.
The original policy,  or a certified  duplicate copy thereof,  for all insurance
required  hereby shall be delivered to Mortgagee.  The proceeds of any insurance
which are paid to the Mortgagee,  if less than  $100,000,  shall be paid over to
the  Mortgagor  in whole or in part for the repair of the  Improvements,  or, if
equal to $100,000 or more, may be applied by the Mortgagee toward the payment of
any monies secured by this Mortgage, or, may be paid over, wholly or in part, to
the  Mortgagor  for the repair of the  Improvements  or for any other purpose or
object  satisfactory  to the Mortgagee.  Mortgagor shall deliver to Mortgagee at
least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration  date of any insurance  coverages
required  hereunder,  a  certificate  reciting  that  there is in full force and
effect, with a term covering at least the next succeeding year, insurance in the
amounts and of the types required hereunder.

        5. ALTERATIONS.  No Improvements shall be structurally altered,  removed
or demolished without the prior written consent of Mortgagee which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

        6.  APPOINTMENT  OF RECEIVER.  Mortgagee in any action to foreclose this
Mortgage shall be entitled,  without notice and as a matter of right and without
regard to the  adequacy of any security of the  indebtedness  or the solvency of
Mortgagor, upon application to any court having jurisdiction, to the appointment
of a receiver of the rents, income and profits of the Mortgaged Property.

               If an Event of Default  (hereinbelow  defined)  occurs under this
Mortgage,  as a matter  of right  and  without  regard  to the  adequacy  of any
security  for the Note,  the  Mortgagor,  upon  demand of the  Mortgagee,  shall
surrender  the  possession  of,  and it shall be lawful for  Mortgagee,  by such
officer or agent as it may appoint,  to take  possession,  of all or any part of
the  Mortgaged  Property  together with the books,  papers,  and accounts of the
Mortgagor pertaining thereto, and to hold, operate and manage the same, and from
time to time to make all needed repairs and improvements as Mortgagee shall deem
wise;  and,  if  Mortgagee   deems  it  necessary  or  desirable,   to  complete
construction  and  equipping  of any  Improvements  and in the  course  of  such
construction  or  equipping  to make  such  changes  to the  same as it may deem
desirable; and Mortgagee may sell the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, or
institute  proceedings  for the complete or partial  foreclosure  of the lien of
this  Mortgage  on the  Mortgaged  Property,  or lease the  Premises or any part
thereof  in the name and for the  account  of the  Mortgagor  or  Mortgagee  and
collect, receive and sequester the rents, revenues,  earnings,  income, products
and  profits  therefrom,  and out of the  same  and any  other  monies  received
hereunder  pay or provide for the payment of, all proper  costs and  expenses of
taking,  holding,  leasing,  selling and managing the same, including reasonable
compensation to Mortgagee,  its agents and counsel, and any charges of Mortgagee
hereunder,  and any taxes and other  charges  prior to the lien of this Mortgage
which Mortgagee may deem it wise to pay.



<PAGE>


        7. PAYMENT OF TAXES.  Mortgagor will pay all taxes,  assessments,  sewer
rents or water  rates or sums due under  any  payment  in lieu of tax  agreement
("Pilot  Agreement") and in default thereof,  Mortgagee may pay the same. In the
event that  Mortgagee  shall pay any such tax,  assessment,  sewer rent or water
rate,  Mortgagee shall have the right, among other rights, to declare the amount
so paid with interest thereon  immediately due and payable,  and upon default of
Mortgagor in paying any such amount with interest thereon,  Mortgagee shall have
the right to foreclose for such amount  subject to the  continuing  lien of this
Mortgage for the balance of the mortgage indebtedness not then due.

                  In the event that the Mortgagor should fail to pay any sum the
Mortgagor  has agreed to pay pursuant to this covenant for a period in excess of
sixty  (60) days after the same is due and  payable,  in  addition  to any other
remedies available to the Mortgagee hereunder, the Mortgagee may, at its option,
require that the  Mortgagor  deposit with the  Mortgagee,  monthly,  one-twelfth
(1/12th)  of the annual  charges for taxes and any other sums the  Mortgagor  is
obligated to pay pursuant to this  covenant  and the  Mortgagor  shall make such
deposits  with the  Mortgagee.  The  Mortgagor  shall  simultaneously  therewith
deposit  with the  Mortgagee  a sum of money  which  together  with the  monthly
installments  aforementioned  will be  sufficient  to make  payment  of all sums
required to be paid hereunder at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date of
such payments, it being understood that the Mortgagee shall calculate the amount
of such  deposits and notify the  Mortgagor  of the sum due.  Should an Event of
Default  (hereinbelow  defined)  occur,  the funds  deposited with the Mortgagee
pursuant  to this  provision  may be applied in payment of the charges for which
said funds shall have been deposited or to the payment of any other sums secured
by this Mortgage as the Mortgagee sees fit.

        8.  PAYMENT OF MORTGAGE  TAXES.  Mortgagor  shall pay all taxes  imposed
pursuant to Article 11 of the Tax Law or any other statute, order or regulation,
whether said tax is imposed at the time of recording or subsequent thereto. This
obligation shall survive the satisfaction or other termination of this Mortgage.
Mortgagee shall pay the tax imposed by Section 253 1-a(a), if applicable, if the
Mortgaged  Property  consists  of real  property  principally  improved or to be
improved by one or more structures containing in the aggregate not more than six
residential   units,   each  dwelling  unit  having  its  own  separate  cooking
facilities.

        9. STATEMENT OF AMOUNT DUE. Mortgagor, within five (5) days upon request
in person or within  fifteen  (15) days upon  request  by mail,  will  furnish a
written  statement  duly  acknowledged  of the amount due on this  Mortgage  and
whether any offsets or defenses exist against the said indebtedness.

        10.  NOTICES.  Any notices  required or permitted to be given  hereunder
shall be: (i)  personally  delivered  or (ii)  forwarded  by  overnight  courier
service,  in each  instance  addressed to the addresses set forth at the head of
this  Mortgage,  or such  other  addresses  as the  parties  may for  themselves
designate  in writing as provided  herein for the purpose of  receiving  notices
hereunder.  All notices  shall be in writing and shall be deemed  given,  in the
case of notice by personal  delivery,  upon actual delivery,  and in the case of
courier service, upon delivery to the courier service.



<PAGE>


        11.  WARRANTY OF TITLE.  Mortgagor  warrants the title to the  Premises,
Improvements and Chattels.

        12. SALE IN ONE PARCEL.  In case of a sale,  the Premises may be sold in
one parcel  together with the  Improvements  and  Chattels.  Should the Premises
consist of more than one parcel,  in the event of a foreclosure of this Mortgage
or any mortgage at any time  consolidated  with this Mortgage,  Mortgagor agrees
that Mortgagee shall be entitled to a judgment  directing the referee  appointed
in the  foreclosure  proceeding  to sell  all of the  parcels  constituting  the
Premises at one foreclosure  sale,  either as a group or separately and that the
Mortgagor  expressly waives any right that it may now have or hereafter  acquire
to (i) request or require that the parcels be sold  separately  or (ii) request,
if  Mortgagee  has  elected  to  sell  parcels  separately,   that  there  be  a
determination of any deficiency amount after any such separate sale or otherwise
require a  calculation  of whether said parcel or parcels  separately  sold were
conveyed for their "fair market value".

        13. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Mortgagor will not (i) execute an assignment of
the rents,  income or profits,  or any part thereof from the Mortgaged  Property
except to Mortgagee,  or (ii) except where the tenant is in default  thereunder,
terminate  or  consent  to the  cancellation  or  surrender  of any lease of the
Premises or Improvements or of any part thereof, now existing or hereafter to be
made,  having an unexpired term of two (2) years or more,  except that any lease
may be canceled  provided  that  promptly  after the  cancellation  or surrender
thereof a new lease is entered into with a new tenant having a credit  standing,
in the  judgment of the  Mortgagee,  at least  equivalent  to that of the tenant
whose lease was canceled,  on substantially  the same terms as the terminated or
canceled  lease,  or modify any such lease so as to shorten the  unexpired  term
thereof or so as to  decrease  the amount of the rents  payable  thereunder,  or
(iii) accept  prepayments  of any sums to become due under such  leases,  except
prepayments of rent for more than one (1) month in advance or prepayments in the
nature of security for the  performance of the tenants  thereunder,  (iv) in any
other manner impair the value of the Mortgaged  Property or the security of this
Mortgage  or (v)  further  encumber,  alienate,  hypothecate,  grant a  security
interest in or grant any other  interest  whatsoever in the Mortgaged  Property.
Restrictions (ii) and (iii) are made with reference to Section 291-f of the Real
Property Law and actions in violation of those  provisions  shall be voidable at
the option of the Mortgagee. No rent reserved under any lease of the Premises or
Improvements  has been  assigned  or  anticipated,  and no rent  for any  period
subsequent  to the date  hereof  has been  collected  in advance of the due date
thereof. Mortgagor will not execute any lease of all or a substantial portion of
the  Premises  or  Improvements  except  for  actual  occupancy  by  the  tenant
thereunder,  and will at all times promptly and faithfully  perform, or cause to
be performed,  all of the covenants,  conditions and agreements contained in all
leases of the Premises or Improvements now or hereafter existing, on the part of
the landlord  thereunder  to be kept and  performed and will at all times do all
things  necessary  to compel  performance  by the tenant under each lease of all
obligations, covenants and agreements by such tenant to be performed thereunder.
If any of such leases provide for the giving by the tenant of certificates  with
respect to the status of such  leases,  Mortgagor  shall  exercise  its right to
request  such  certificates  within  five (5)  days of any  demand  therefor  by
Mortgagee. Mortgagor shall furnish to Mortgagee, upon request of Mortgagee to do
so, a written  statement  containing the names of all tenants of the Premises or
Improvements,  the terms of their respective  leases, the space occupied and the
rentals payable thereunder.

<PAGE>

        14.  APPRAISAL.  For the purposes of this Section,  the following  terms
shall be defined as follows:

               (a) "Appraisal"  shall mean an appraisal of the fair market value
of the Mortgaged Property prepared by an Appraiser.

               (b) "Appraiser" shall mean an appraiser selected by Mortgagor and
approved by Mortgagee.

        Within  ninety  (90) days from the date  Mortgagee  has mailed a written
notice to Mortgagor requesting the same,  Mortgagor shall provide Mortgagee,  at
Mortgagor's expense,  with an Appraisal of the Mortgaged Property.  An Appraisal
may be required not more  frequently  than once every twelve (12) months  except
that it may also be required prior to any extension or renewal of the Note or as
otherwise set forth in the Loan Agreement executed on even date.

        15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  In addition to any requirements  elsewhere in
the Loan  Documents,  Mortgagor  shall provide the Mortgagee  with the following
financial statements during the term hereof:

               (a) Annual audited financial statements of the Mortgagor prepared
on a consolidated  basis within 90 days after the end of each applicable  fiscal
year by an independent CPA satisfactory to Mortgagee, in accordance with GAAP;

               (b) Annual  Form 10K of  Mortgagor  within 90 days of each fiscal
year end;

               (c) Quarterly review quality  consolidated  financial  statements
and Form 10Q within 60 days of each quarter end;

               (d) Management  prepared annual,  within ninety (90) days of each
fiscal year end,  and  quarterly,  within  sixty (60) days of each  quarter end,
consolidating financial statements;

               (e)  Simultaneous  with the delivery of the annual and  quarterly
financial  statements  referred to above,  a  certificate  will be  furnished to
Mortgagee by Mortgagor  executed by a duly  authorized  officer of the Mortgagor
setting  forth  computations  in detail  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Mortgagee
demonstrating  compliance with the financial covenants set forth in that certain
Loan Agreement  executed by Mortgagor and Mortgagee  dated on even date herewith
and  certifying  that,  to the best of its  knowledge,  no  default  or Event of
Default  has  occurred  or is  occurring  or, in the event a default or Event of
Default has occurred or is occurring,  then how same will be cured within thirty
(30) days. For purposes of the Loan  covenants,  all  accounting  terms shall be
defined   according  to  generally   accepted   accounting   principles   (GAAP)
definitions;

               (f) An annual budget for the upcoming  year to include  projected
Profit and Loss Statements and a Balance Sheet, such budget to be delivered with
the year-end financial statements;

               (g)  Such  other   financial   documentation   as  Mortgagee  may
reasonably require.

<PAGE>

        16.    BOOKS AND RECORDS.

               (a)  In  addition  to any  requirements  elsewhere  in  the  Loan
Documents,  Mortgagor  shall  keep and  maintain  at all  times  at  Mortgagors'
addresses stated in this Mortgage,  or such other place as Mortgagee may approve
in writing,  complete  and accurate  books of accounts  and records  adequate to
reflect  correctly the results of the  operation of the  Mortgaged  Property and
copies of all written  contracts,  leases and other instruments which affect the
Mortgaged Property. Such books, records, contracts, leases and other instruments
shall be  subject  to  examination  and  inspection  at any  reasonable  time by
Mortgagee.

               (b)  Upon  request  of  Mortgagee  in  writing,  Mortgagor  shall
promptly provide Mortgagee with all documents  reasonably requested by Mortgagee
prepared in the form and manner called for in such request and as may reasonably
relate to the  operation or condition  thereof,  or the  financial  condition of
Mortgagor or any party obligated on the Note, including, without limitation, all
leases or leasehold interests granted to or by Mortgagor,  rent rolls and tenant
lists, rent and damage deposit ledgers,  operating  statements,  profit and loss
statements and balance  sheets,  personal  financial  statements of Mortgagor or
income tax returns (including quarterly returns),  any or all of which documents
shall be  audited  or  certified  as true and  accurate  by a  certified  public
accountant, if requested by Mortgagee, and shall cover such period or periods as
may be specified by Mortgagee.

               (c) In addition,  Mortgagor shall promptly furnish or cause to be
furnished to Mortgagee,  to the extent any tenant  prepares the same or the same
are required by any tenant's lease, annual financial statements of any tenant of
the Mortgaged Property where such tenant leases fifteen (15%) percent or more of
the gross leasable area of the Improvements, each such statement to be delivered
as soon as practicable following the end of each fiscal year of such tenant, but
in any event  within one hundred  twenty  (120) days  thereafter,  and each such
statement to include balance sheets,  statements of operations and statements of
changes in financial position as of the end of such year.

        17.  FUTURE  LAWS.  In the event of the  passage  after the date of this
Mortgage of any federal,  state or municipal  law,  deducting  from the value of
land for the purposes of taxation any lien thereon,  or changing in any way, the
laws for the taxation of mortgages or debts secured by mortgages,  or the manner
of collection of any such taxes, so as to affect  Mortgagee,  this Mortgage,  or
said  indebtedness,  Mortgagee  shall have the right to give  thirty  (30) days'
written notice to Mortgagor requiring the payment of said indebtedness.  If such
notice be given, said indebtedness  shall become due, payable and collectible at
the expiration of said thirty (30) days.

<PAGE>

        18. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

        19. PROVISIONS  REGARDING USE OF MORTGAGED PROPERTY.  Mortgagor warrants
and represents that:

               (a) Mortgagor is not responsible for any action or omission,  and
does not know of any action or omission by any prior owner, that would cause the
Mortgaged  Property to be subject to  forfeiture  pursuant  to any law,  rule or
regulation (a "Forfeiture").

               (b)  The  Mortgaged  Property  has not  been  acquired  with  any
proceeds  from a  transaction  or an  activity  that would  cause the  Mortgaged
Property to be subject to Forfeiture.

               Mortgagor  covenants  that  Mortgagor  will not use, and will not
permit any third party to use, the Mortgaged  Property or any portion thereof or
interest  therein  for any purpose or  activity  that would  cause a  Forfeiture
thereof.

        20. ACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS. If any action or proceeding be commenced to
which  action or  proceeding  Mortgagee  is made a party and in which it becomes
necessary  in the  opinion  of  Mortgagee  to defend or uphold  the lien of this
Mortgage,  all sums paid by  Mortgagee  for the  expense  of any  litigation  to
prosecute  and defend the rights and lien  created by this  Mortgage,  including
reasonable  counsel fees,  costs and allowances,  shall,  together with interest
thereon be a lien on the  Mortgaged  Property  and secured by this  Mortgage and
shall be  collectible in like manner as said  indebtedness  and shall be paid by
Mortgagor on demand.

        21. SECURITY  INTEREST UNDER THE UNIFORM  COMMERCIAL CODE.  Mortgagee is
authorized to sign as the agent of Mortgagor  such agreement in addition to this
Mortgage as  Mortgagee  at any time may deem  necessary  or proper or require to
grant to  Mortgagee a perfected  security  interest in the  Chattels.  Mortgagor
hereby  authorizes  Mortgagee  to file  financing  statements  (as such  term is
defined in said Uniform  Commercial  Code) with respect to the Chattels,  at any
time, without the signature of Mortgagor.  Mortgagor will,  however, at any time
upon request of Mortgagee,  sign such financing  statements.  Mortgagor will pay
all filing fees for the filing of such financing statements and for the refiling
thereof at the times  required,  in the opinion of  Mortgagee,  by said  Uniform
Commercial  Code.  If the  lien of this  Mortgage  be  subject  to any  security
agreement  covering the  Chattels,  then in the event of any default  under this
Mortgage,  all the right,  title and interest of Mortgagor in and to any and all
of the Chattels is hereby  assigned to  Mortgagee,  together with the benefit of
any  deposits or payments  now or  hereafter  made  thereof by  Mortgagor or the
predecessors or successors in title of Mortgagor in the Mortgaged Property.



<PAGE>


        22.  CONDEMNATION.  Any and all awards  heretofore and hereafter made to
Mortgagor  and  all  subsequent   owners  of  the  Mortgaged   Property  by  any
governmental or other lawful authorities for the taking by eminent domain of the
whole or any part of the Mortgaged  Property or any easement therein,  including
any  awards  for any  changes  of grade  of  streets,  are  hereby  assigned  to
Mortgagee,  who is hereby  authorized to collect and receive the proceeds of any
such awards from such  authorities,  to give proper  receipts  and  acquittances
therefor and to apply the same toward the payment of the amount owing on account
of this Mortgage and said indebtedness, notwithstanding the fact that the amount
owing thereon may not then be due and payable provided,  however,  if such award
is less than  $100,000 it shall be paid over to the  Mortgagor for the repair if
any damages  resulting  from such taking;  and  Mortgagor  hereby  covenants and
agrees,  upon request,  to make, execute and deliver any and all assignments and
other  instruments  sufficient for the purpose of assigning the aforesaid awards
to Mortgagee free,  clear and discharged of any and all encumbrances of any kind
or nature whatsoever.  Mortgagor shall continue to make all payments required by
the Note until any such award shall have been actually received by Mortgagee and
any reduction in said  indebtedness  resulting from the application by Mortgagee
of such award shall be deemed to take effect only on the date of such receipt.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any one or more of the portions of the
Mortgaged  Property  described in subparagraphs  (a), (b) and (c) below shall be
damaged or taken through condemnation,  either temporarily or permanently,  then
the entire balance due under the Note and any other Loan Documents shall, at the
option of Mortgagee, become immediately due and payable:

               (a) Any portion or portions of the Improvements or the support or
foundation of any portion or portions of the Improvements; or

               (b) Ten (10%) percent or more of any parking area; or

               (c) Any  portion  or  portions  of the  Premises  which,  when so
damaged or taken,  would  result  either in (i) an  impairment  of access to the
Improvements  from  the  publicly  dedicated  rights  of way now  adjoining  the
Premises,  or (ii) the failure of the  Improvements  to comply with any building
code, zoning or other governmental laws or regulations, lease or other agreement
to which the Mortgaged Property is subject.

        Mortgagor  authorizes  Mortgagee,  at Mortgagee's option, as attorney in
fact for  Mortgagor,  to commence,  appear in and  prosecute in  Mortgagor's  or
Mortgagee's name, any action or proceeding relating to any condemnation or other
taking  of the  Mortgaged  Property  and to settle  or  compromise  any claim in
connection with such condemnation or other taking.

        23.  TITLE TO  MORTGAGED  PROPERTY.  Mortgagor  is now the  owner of the
Mortgaged Property upon which this Mortgage is a valid third lien for the amount
above  specified,  with  interest  thereon at the rate set forth in the Note and
there are no defenses or offsets to this Mortgage or to the said indebtedness.



<PAGE>


        24. LEASES OF THE MORTGAGED  PROPERTY.  Mortgagor  will not lease all or
any portion of the Mortgaged  Property or amend,  modify or terminate (except to
the extent  permitted under paragraph  13(ii) hereof) any now existing or future
lease of the Mortgaged  Property without the prior written consent of Mortgagee.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  all leases  covering more than fifteen  percent
(15%) of the gross  leasable  area of the  Mortgaged  Property (if the Mortgaged
Property is improved  rental  property)  must require the tenant  thereunder  to
provide Mortgagee with annual financial statements of the tenant certified to by
an independent certified public accountant.  Mortgagor,  at Mortgagee's request,
shall furnish Mortgagee with executed copies of all leases hereafter made of all
or any part of the Mortgaged  Property,  and all leases now or hereafter entered
into will be in form and substance  subject to the approval of  Mortgagee.  Upon
Mortgagee's request,  Mortgagor shall make a separate and distinct assignment to
Mortgagee,  as additional  security,  of all leases hereafter made a part of the
Mortgaged Property.

        25.  TRANSFER OF  MORTGAGED  PROPERTY.  In the event that (a) any entity
then having a lesser  credit  rating than  Mortgagor  shall  acquire  beneficial
ownership  of a majority  interest  in the voting  stock of  Mortgagor,  (b) the
Mortgagor  shall  merge  with  such an entity  and  shall  not be the  surviving
corporation,  or (c)  the  Mortgaged  Property  or a part  thereof,  while  this
Mortgage shall remain a lien thereon,  shall be sold, conveyed or transferred by
deed,  any  other  voluntary  or  involuntary  act  or by  operation  of  law or
otherwise,  the full balance of the  indebtedness  then remaining  unpaid,  with
interest,  shall at the option of the Mortgagee,  or its assigns, be immediately
due and payable without notice or demand unless the prior written consent of the
Mortgagee to such  acquisition,  merger,  or sale,  conveyance or transfer shall
have been obtained.  A mortgage of the Mortgaged Property to any mortgagee other
than the Mortgagee shall be deemed a conveyance for the purpose of this Section.

        26. ACCESS.  Mortgagee,  by its employees or agents,  shall at all times
have the right to enter upon the Mortgaged  Property during reasonable  business
hours for the purpose of examining and inspecting the same.

        27. REAL PROPERTY LAW. All  covenants  hereof,  which are in addition to
those set forth in Sections  254 and 291-f of the Real  Property  Law,  shall be
construed as affording to Mortgagee rights  additional to, and not exclusive of,
the rights conferred under the provisions of said Sections 254 and 291-f.

        28. PERFORMANCE OF MORTGAGOR'S  COVENANTS BY MORTGAGEE.  In the event of
any default in the performance of any of the covenants,  terms, or provisions of
Mortgagor under this Mortgage,  which default is not cured within any applicable
cure period, Mortgagee may, at the option of Mortgagee, perform the same and the
cost  thereof,  with  interest,  shall  immediately  be due  from  Mortgagor  to
Mortgagee and secured by this Mortgage.



<PAGE>


        29. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE.  Mortgagee shall have the right from time to
time, to take action to recover any amounts of past due  principal  indebtedness
and interest  thereon,  or any installment of either, or any other sums required
to be paid under the  covenants,  terms and  provisions  of this Mortgage or the
Note, as the same become due, whether or not the principal indebtedness secured,
or any other sums secured by the Note or this Mortgage shall be due, and without
prejudice  to  the  right  of  Mortgagee   thereafter  to  bring  an  action  of
foreclosure,  or any other action, for default or defaults by Mortgagor existing
at the time such earlier action was commenced.

        30. ADDITIONAL ACTS AND DOCUMENTS.  Mortgagor covenants that it will do,
execute, acknowledge, deliver, file and/or record, or cause to be recorded every
and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances,  advances,  mortgages,  transfers
and  assurances,  in law as  Mortgagee  shall  require for the better  assuring,
conveying, transferring, mortgaging, assigning and confirming unto Mortgagee all
and singular the Mortgaged Property.

        31.  REMEDIES  CUMULATIVE.  The rights and remedies  herein  afforded to
Mortgagee  shall be  cumulative  and  supplementary  to and not exclusive of any
other rights and remedies afforded the holder of this Mortgage and the Note.

        32.  SUCCESSORS.  All of the  provisions of this Mortgage shall inure to
the benefit of Mortgagee and of any subsequent holder of this Mortgage and shall
be binding upon Mortgagor and each subsequent owner of the Mortgaged Property.

        33. EFFECT OF RELEASES.  Mortgagee, without notice, may release any part
of the  security  described  herein,  or any  person  or entity  liable  for any
indebtedness  secured  hereby  without in any way affecting the lien hereof upon
any part of the security not  expressly  released,  and may agree with any party
obligated on said indebtedness or having any interest in the security  described
herein to extend  the time for  payment  of any part or all of the  indebtedness
secured  hereby.  Such agreement shall not in any way release or impair the lien
hereof,  but shall  extend the lien  hereof as against  the title of all parties
having any interest in said  security,  which  interest is subject to said lien,
and no such release or agreement shall release any person or entity obligated to
pay any indebtedness secured hereby.



<PAGE>


        34.  WAIVERS.  Any  failure  by  Mortgagee  to  insist  upon the  strict
performance by Mortgagor of any of the  covenants,  terms and provisions of this
Mortgage shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the  covenants,  terms and
provisions of this Mortgage,  and Mortgagee,  notwithstanding  any such failure,
shall  have the  right  thereafter  to insist  upon the  strict  performance  by
Mortgagor of any and all of the covenants, terms and provisions of this Mortgage
to be performed by Mortgagor.  Neither  Mortgagor nor any other person or entity
now or  hereafter  obligated  for the  payment  of the whole or any part of said
indebtedness  shall be relieved of such  obligation by reason of (i) the failure
of Mortgagee to comply with any request of Mortgagor,  or of any other person or
entity so  obligated,  (ii) the failure of Mortgagee to take action to foreclose
this Mortgage or otherwise enforce any of the covenants, terms and provisions of
this Mortgage or the Note, (iii) the release,  regardless of  consideration,  of
the whole or any part of the security held for payment of said  indebtedness  or
(iv) any agreement or stipulation  between any subsequent owner or owners of the
Mortgaged Property and Mortgagee  modifying the covenants,  terms and provisions
of this  Mortgage  or the Note  without  first  having  obtained  the consent of
Mortgagor or such other person or entity. In the last mentioned event, Mortgagor
and all such  other  persons  or  entities  shall  continue  liable to make such
payments  according  to the  terms  and  provisions  of any  such  agreement  or
extension or modification unless expressly released and discharged in writing by
Mortgagee.  Mortgagee may release, regardless of consideration,  any part of the
security held for payment of said indebtedness  without,  as to the remainder of
the security, in any way impairing or affecting the lien of this Mortgage or the
priority of such lien over any  subordinate  lien.  Mortgagee may resort for the
payment of said indebtedness to any other security therefor held by Mortgagee in
such order and manner as Mortgagee may elect.

        35.  INTEREST  ON  ADVANCES.  Wherever,  under  the  provisions  of this
Mortgage or by law,  Mortgagee  is  entitled  to  interest  on advances  made or
expenses  incurred,  such  interest  shall be computed at a rate per annum which
shall be the interest rate payable under the Note.

        36. MORTGAGEE NOT OBLIGATED. Nothing herein contained shall be construed
as making the payment of any insurance premiums, taxes or assessments obligatory
upon Mortgagee,  although  Mortgagee may pay same, or as making Mortgagee liable
in any way for loss,  damage or injury,  resulting  from the  non-payment of any
such insurance premiums, taxes or assessments.

        37. LIEN LAW.  Mortgagor will, in compliance with Section 13 of the Lien
Law,  receive the advances  secured by this  Mortgage and will hold the right to
receive  such  advances  as a trust fund to be applied  first for the purpose of
paying the cost of the  improvement and will apply the same first to the payment
of the cost of the  improvement  before  using any part of the total of the same
for any other purpose.

        38. ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS.

               (a) Warranties. Mortgagor makes the following representations and
warranties:  (i) Mortgagor (or the present owner of the Mortgaged  Property,  if
different) is in compliance in all respects with all applicable  federal,  state
and local laws and regulations, including, without limitation, those relating to
toxic and hazardous  substances  and other  environmental  matters (the "Laws"),
(ii) no  portion  of the  Mortgaged  Property  is being  used or, to the best of
Mortgagor's  knowledge,  has been used at any previous  time,  for the disposal,
storage,  treatment,  processing  or other  handling of any  hazardous  or toxic
substances,  in a manner not in compliance with the Laws, (iii) the soil and any
surface  water and ground water which are a part of the  Mortgaged  Property are
free from any solid wastes,  toxic or hazardous substance or contaminant and any
discharge of sewage or effluent; and (iv) neither the federal government nor the
State  of New  York  Department  of  Environmental  Conservation  or  any  other
governmental  or quasi  governmental  entity  has filed a lien on the  Mortgaged
Property,  nor are there any governmental,  judicial or  administrative  actions
with respect to environmental matters pending, or to the best of the Mortgagor's
knowledge, threatened, which involve the Mortgaged Property.



<PAGE>


               (b) Inspection.  In the event Mortgagee  reasonably believes that
an  environmental  problem may exist,  Mortgagor  agrees that  Mortgagee  or its
agents or representatives may, at any reasonable time and at Mortgagor's expense
inspect  Mortgagor's  books and records and inspect and conduct any tests on the
Mortgaged  Property  including taking soil samples in order to determine whether
Mortgagor is in continuing compliance with the Laws.

               (c) Agreement to Comply.  If any  environmental  contamination is
found on the  Mortgaged  Property  for which any removal or  remedial  action is
required pursuant to Law,  ordinance,  order,  rule,  regulation or governmental
action,  Mortgagor  agrees that it will at its sole cost and expense,  take such
removal or remedial action promptly and to Mortgagee's satisfaction.

               (d)  Indemnification.  Mortgagor agrees to defend,  indemnify and
hold harmless Mortgagee, its employees,  agents, officers and directors from and
against  any  claims,   actions,   demands,   penalties,   fines,   liabilities,
settlements,   damages,  costs  or  expenses  (including,   without  limitation,
reasonable  attorney and consultant  fees,  investigations  and laboratory fees,
court costs and litigation expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown,
contingent or  otherwise)  arising out of or in any way related to: (i) the past
or present  disposal,  release or  threatened  release of any hazardous or toxic
substances  on the  Mortgaged  Property;  (ii) any  personal  injury  (including
wrongful death or property damage,  real or personal)  arising out of or related
to such hazardous or toxic substances;  (iii) any lawsuit brought or threatened,
settlement reached or government order given relating to such hazardous or toxic
substances;   and/or  (iv)  any  violation  of  any  law,   order,   regulation,
requirement,  or  demand  of  any  government  authority,  or  any  policies  or
requirements  of  Mortgagee,  which are based upon or in any way related to such
hazardous or toxic substances.

               (e) Other Sites.  Mortgagor  knows of no  on-site  or  off-site
locations  where  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  from  the  operation  of any
Improvement or otherwise have been stored, treated, recycled or disposed of.

               (f) Leases.  Mortgagor agrees not to lease or permit the sublease
of the Mortgaged  Property to a tenant or subtenant whose  operations may result
in contamination of the Mortgaged Property with hazardous or toxic substances.

               (g) Non-Operation by Mortgagee.  Mortgagor  acknowledges that any
action Mortgagee takes under this Mortgage shall be taken to protect Mortgagee's
security  interest only;  Mortgagee does not hereby intend to be involved in the
operations of the Mortgagor.

               (h) Compliance  Determinations.  Mortgagor  acknowledges that any
determinations  Mortgagee  makes under this Section  regarding  compliance  with
environmental  laws  shall  be made  for  Mortgagee's  benefit  only and are not
intended to be relied upon by any other party.

               (i) Survival of Conditions.  The provisions of this Section shall
be in addition to any other  obligations and  liabilities  Mortgagor may have to
Mortgagee at common law, and shall survive the transactions contemplated herein.



<PAGE>


               (j) Other Insurance.  Mortgagor shall carry adequate insurance to
fulfill Mortgagor's obligations under this Section if required by law.

               (k)  Definitions.  The term "hazardous  substance" shall include,
without limit, any substance or material  defined in 42 U.S.C.  Section 9601 (as
the  same  may  be  amended  from  time  to  time),   the  Hazardous   Materials
Transportation  Act (as amended  from to time),  and the New York  Environmental
Conservation  Law or the Resource  Conservation And Recovery Act (as each may be
amended  from  time to time)  and in any  regulations  adopted  or  publications
promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing.

        39 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The whole of the principal sum of the indebtedness
secured  hereby  and  interest  thereon,  and all  other  sums  due and  payable
hereunder  shall become due, at the option of  Mortgagee,  if one or more of the
following events (an "Event of Default") shall happen:

               (a) The occurrence of an "Event of Default" under the Note; or

               (b) If Mortgagor  defaults in the payment of any tax,  water rate
or sewer  rent or  payment  under  any Pilot  Agreement  against  the  Mortgaged
Property  for thirty (30) days after the same become due and payable or fails to
exhibit to Mortgagee,  within thirty (30) days after  demand,  receipts  showing
payment of all taxes, water rates or sewer rents; or

               (c) The actual or  threatened  removal,  demolition or structural
alteration,  in whole or in part, of any Improvement,  without the prior written
consent of Mortgagee;  or the removal,  demolition or destruction in whole or in
part, of any Chattels without replacing the same with Chattels at least equal in
quality and  condition to those  replaced,  free from any  security  interest or
other encumbrance thereon and free from any reservation of title thereto; or the
commission of any waste in respect to the Mortgaged Property; or

               (d)  Failure of  Mortgagor  to pay within  thirty (30) days after
notice and demand any  installment of any  assessment  made against the Premises
for local  improvements,  heretofore or hereafter made,  which assessment is, or
may  become,  a lien  on the  Premises  prior  to the  lien  of  this  Mortgage,
notwithstanding  the fact that such  installment  be not due and  payable at the
time of such notice and demand; or

               (e) Failure of Mortgagor to pay the said indebtedness  secured by
this  Mortgage  within (30) days after  notice and  demand,  in the event of the
passage after the date of this  Mortgage of any federal,  state or municipal law
deducting  from the value of land for the purpose of taxation any lien  thereon,
or changing in any way the laws now in force for the taxation of  mortgages,  or
of debts secured by mortgages, or the manner of collection of any such taxes, so
as to affect  Mortgagee,  this  Mortgage or the  indebtedness  which is secured,
notwithstanding that Mortgagor, before or after such notice, may have the option
to pay or contest the payment of such tax; or



<PAGE>


               (f) Failure of  Mortgagor  to maintain  the  Improvements  on the
Premises  in a rentable or  tenantable  state of repair to the  satisfaction  of
Mortgagee,  for thirty (30) days after  notice of such failure has been given to
Mortgagor,  or to comply with any order or requirement of any municipal,  state,
federal or other  governmental  authority  having  jurisdiction  of the Premises
within thirty (30) days after such order or  requirement  shall have been issued
by any such  authority;  or failure of Mortgagor or of any tenant  holding under
Mortgagor,  to comply with any and all and singular the statutes,  requirements,
orders or decrees of any federal,  state or municipal  authority relating to the
use of the Mortgaged  Property,  or of any part thereof; or failure of Mortgagor
to  observe  and  timely  perform  all of the  covenants,  terms and  provisions
contained  in  any  lease  now  or  hereafter  affecting  the  Premises  or  the
Improvements or any portion thereof,  on the part of the landlord to be observed
and performed; or

               (g)  Failure of  Mortgagor,  in the event of the entry of a final
judgment for the payment of money against Mortgagor,  to discharge such judgment
or to have it  stayed  pending  appeal  within  thirty  (30) days from the entry
thereof,  or if such  judgment  shall be  affirmed  on  appeal,  the  failure to
discharge  such  judgment  within  thirty  (30)  days  from  the  entry  of such
affirmance; or

               (h)  Failure of  Mortgagor  to pay within  thirty (30) days after
notice and demand any filing or refiling fees required hereunder; or

               (i)  Failure  of  Mortgagor  or any  occupant  of  the  Mortgaged
Property, to allow or permit Mortgagee, or its duly authorized agent, to inspect
said  Mortgaged  Property  at any time and from time to time  during  reasonable
business hours; or

               (j) Default  for thirty (30) days after  notice and demand in the
observance  or  performance  of any  other  covenant  or  agreement  under  this
Mortgage; or

               (k) Failure of  Mortgagor to deliver  executed  lien waivers from
all  parties  who  supplied  labor and  materials  for the  improvements  at the
Mortgaged Property within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date hereof.

        40 INTEREST TO ACCRUE.  If the whole of the  principal  sum evidenced by
the Note and  interest,  shall  become  due by  exercise  of the  option  of the
Mortgagee after default by the Mortgagor  under any of the terms,  covenants and
conditions of this Mortgage  and/or the Note, or if the whole of said  principal
sum and  interest  shall  mature and become due under the terms,  covenants  and
conditions of this Mortgage and the Note  regardless of default,  if any, on the
part of the  Mortgagor,  then interest on said  principal sum shall  continue to
accrue at the rate provided for in the Note,  and in this  Mortgage,  until said
principal sum is fully paid.



<PAGE>


        41 FLOOD  INSURANCE.  In  addition to the terms and  provisions  of this
Mortgage with regard to insurance,  in the event the Premises are  determined to
be in a special  flood hazard area as  determined  by any  governmental  agency,
Mortgagor  further  covenants  and  agrees  to fully  insure  the  Premises  and
Improvements  against  loss or damage  by flood,  with  coverage  as is  therein
provided for by fire and other specified perils to the same extent and effect as
if such flood insurance was therein specifically set forth.

        42 COSTS,  EXPENSES AND  ATTORNEY'S  FEES.  Should one or more Events of
Default occur  hereunder,  and should an action be commenced for the foreclosure
of this Mortgage, Mortgagee shall be entitled to recover all sums due hereunder,
statutory costs, and any additional  allowances made pursuant to Section 8303(a)
of the Civil  Practice  Law and Rules of the State of New York,  and in addition
thereto,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees in such proceeding and in all proceedings
related thereto necessary to and related to the foreclosing proceeding, and such
amount shall be added to the  principal  balance and interest then due and shall
be a lien on the Mortgaged  Property prior to any right or title to, interest in
or claim upon the Mortgaged  Property  attaching and accruing  subsequent to the
lien of this  Mortgage,  and shall be deemed to be secured by this  Mortgage and
the indebtedness which it secures.

        43  INTERVENING  LIENS.  Should any agreement be hereafter  entered into
modifying or changing the terms of this  Mortgage or the Note secured  hereby in
any manner, the rights of the parties to such agreement shall be superior to the
rights of the holder of any intervening lien.

        44  TERMS.  It is understood and agreed that the words, "Mortgagor"  and
"Mortgagee" herein shall include the respective heirs, successors and assigns of
Mortgagor and Mortgagee.

        45  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Mortgage  and  the  other  Loan  Documents
constitute the entire  understanding  between  Mortgagor and Mortgagee as to the
loan  evidenced  by the Note and to the extent that any  writings  not signed by
Mortgagee or oral statements or  conversations  at any time made or had shall be
inconsistent  with the provisions of this Mortgage and the other Loan Documents,
the same shall be null and void.

        46  GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY.  This Mortgage shall be governed by the
law of the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located. In the event
that any  provision  or  clause  of this  Mortgage  or the Note  conflicts  with
applicable law, such conflict shall not affect other provisions of this Mortgage
or the Note which can be given effect without the conflicting provision,  and to
this end,  the  provisions  of this  Mortgage  and the Note are  declared  to be
severable.

        47  TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to each and
every covenant,  agreement and obligation of Mortgagor under this Mortgage,  the
Note and any and all other Loan Documents.

        48  INDEMNIFICATION; SUBROGATION; WAIVER OF OFFSET.



<PAGE>


               (a) Mortgagor shall indemnify, defend and hold Mortgagee harmless
against: (i) any and all claims for brokerage,  leasing, finders or similar fees
which may be made  relating to the  Mortgaged  Property or the loan which is the
subject  of the  Note,  and (ii)  against  any and all  liability,  obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,   claims,  actions,  suits,  costs,  and  expenses
(including its reasonable  attorneys' fees,  together with reasonable  appellate
counsel  fees,  if any) of  whatever  kind or nature  which may be imposed on or
incurred by  Mortgagee  at any time  pursuant  either to a judgment or decree or
other order entered into by a court or administrative  agency or to a settlement
reasonably approved by Mortgagor,  which judgment,  decree,  order or settlement
relates in any way to or arises out of the offer, sale or lease of the Mortgaged
Property  and/or the ownership,  use,  occupation or operation of any portion of
the Mortgaged Property.

               (b) If  Mortgagee  is made a party  defendant  to any  litigation
concerning  the loan  which is the  subject  of the  Note,  this  Mortgage,  the
Mortgaged  Property,  or any  part  thereof,  or any  interest  therein,  or the
occupancy  thereof,  then Mortgagor shall  indemnify,  defend and hold Mortgagee
harmless from all liability by reason of said litigation,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees (together with reasonable  appellate  counsel fees, if any) and
expenses  incurred by Mortgagee in any such litigation,  whether or not any such
litigation is prosecuted to judgment.  If Mortgagee  commences an action against
Mortgagor  to  enforce  any of the terms  hereof or to  prosecute  any breach by
Mortgagor  of any of the terms  hereof or to  recover  any sum  secured  hereby,
Mortgagor shall pay to Mortgagee such reasonable  attorneys' fees (together with
reasonable  appellate  counsel  fees,  if any) and  expenses.  The right to such
attorneys  fees (together with  reasonable  appellate  counsel fees, if any) and
expenses shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action, and
shall be  enforceable  whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.  If
Mortgagor  breaches any term of this Mortgage,  Mortgagee may employ an attorney
or  attorneys  to  protect  its  rights  hereunder,  and in the  event  of  such
employment  following  any breach by  Mortgagor,  Mortgagor  shall pay Mortgagee
reasonable  attorneys' fees (together with reasonable appellate counsel fees, if
any) and expenses  incurred by  Mortgagee,  whether or not an action is actually
commenced against Mortgagor by reason of such breach.

               (c) A waiver of  subrogation  shall be obtained by Mortgagor from
its property insurance carrier and,  consequently,  Mortgagor waives any and all
right to claim or recover against Mortgagee, its officers, employees, agents and
representatives,  for loss of or damage to Mortgagor,  the  Mortgaged  Property,
Mortgagor's  property or the property of others under  Mortgagor's  control from
any cause insured against or required to be insured against by the provisions of
this Mortgage.



<PAGE>


               (d) All sums payable by Mortgagor hereunder shall be paid without
notice  (except as may  otherwise  be provided  herein),  demand,  counterclaim,
set-off,  deduction  or defense and without  abatement,  suspension,  deferment,
diminution  or  reduction,  and the  obligations  and  liabilities  of Mortgagor
hereunder  shall in no way be  released,  discharged  or  otherwise  affected by
reason of: (i) any damage to or  destruction of or any  condemnation  or similar
taking of the Mortgaged  Property or any part thereof;  (ii) any  restriction or
prevention of or interference with any use of the Mortgaged Property or any part
thereof; (iii) any title defect or encumbrance or any eviction from the Premises
or the Improvements or any part thereof by title superior or otherwise; (iv) any
bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  composition,  adjustment, dissolution,
liquidation, or other like proceeding relating to Mortgagee, or any action taken
with respect to this Mortgage by any trustee or receiver of Mortgagee, or by any
court,  in such  proceeding;  (v) any claim which  Mortgagor has, or might have,
against  Mortgagee;  (vi) any  default or failure  on the part of  Mortgagee  to
perform or comply with any of the terms  hereof or of any other  agreement  with
Mortgagor;  or  (vii)  any  other  occurrence  whatsoever,  whether  similar  or
dissimilar  to the  foregoing,  whether or not  Mortgagor  shall have  notice or
knowledge of any of the foregoing.  Mortgagor waives all rights now or hereafter
conferred  by statute or  otherwise  to any  abatement,  suspension,  deferment,
diminution, or reduction of any sum secured hereby and payable by Mortgagor.

        49  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  The Mortgagor and the Mortgagee  hereby waive
trial by jury in any  litigation  in any court with  respect  to, in  connection
with,  or  arising  out of this  Mortgage  or any other  Loan  Document,  or any
instrument  or  document  delivered  in  connection  with the loan  which is the
subject of the Note, or the validity, protection, interpretation,  collection or
enforcement  thereof,  or the  relationship  between  Mortgagor and Mortgagee as
borrower and lender, or any other claim or dispute howsoever arising between the
Mortgagor and Mortgagee.

        50  TAX LAW SECTION 253 STATEMENT.  Check one box only.
            -----------------------------

        [   ]  This Mortgage covers real property  principally  improved or to
               be improved by one or more structures containing in the aggregate
               not more than six residential  dwelling units,  each having their
               own separate cooking facilities.

        [ X ]  This Mortgage does not cover real property improved as described
above.

        Where used herein, the word,  "Mortgagor" may be read "Mortgagors" where
applicable.

        51. PRIOR MORTGAGES.  This mortgage is subordinate to the following
mortgages:

               a)     Mortgage  made by  Mortgagor  to Mortgagee in the original
                      principal  amount of $2,512,000 dated January 29, 1998 and
                      recorded  February  11, 1998 in Liber 19299 Page 73 in the
                      Suffolk County Clerk's Office.

               b)     Mortgage  made by  Mortgagor  to Mortgagee in the original
                      principal  amount of $388,000  dated  January 29, 1998 and
                      recorded  February  11, 1998 in Liber 19299 Page 74 in the
                      Suffolk County Clerk's Office.

<PAGE>


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Mortgage has been duly executed by Mortgagor.


                                            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                        By:___________________________
                                             John Badke, Vice President-Finance



STATE OF NEW YORK     )
                      )  SS.:
COUNTY OF SUFFOLK     )

          On  the  12th  day of  October,  1999,  before  me,  the  undersigned,
personally  appeared JOHN BADKE,  personally  known to me or proved to me on the
basis of satisfactory  evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to
the within  instrument and  acknowledged  to me that he executed the same in his
capacity,  and that by his signature on the instrument,  the individual,  or the
person on behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.



                                                              NOTARY


                                      1999

                          INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                       of

                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


1.       Purpose of the Plan

        This Incentive  Stock Option Plan  (hereinafter  called the "Plan"),  is
intended to encourage ownership of stock of VICON INDUSTRIES,  INC. (hereinafter
called the "Company"),  by officers and other employees of the Company,  and its
subsidiaries,  and to  provide  additional  incentive  for them to  promote  the
success of the business.

2.      Stock Subject to the Plan

        Subject to the  provisions of Paragraph  "6", the total number of shares
of stock which may be optioned  under the Plan is 100,000 shares of Common Stock
(par value of $.01 per share) of the Company,  which shall be either  authorized
and unissued stock or reacquired stock.

3.      Administration of the Plan

        The Plan shall be  administered  by the  Compensation  Committee  of the
Board of Directors of the Company (the  "Committee") who may, from time to time,
amend and rescind  rules and  regulations  for carrying out the  provisions  and
purposes  of the Plan.  All awards of options by the  Committee  are  subject to
approval  by the  Board  of  Directors.  the  interpretation,  construction  and
application of the Plan and any provision thereof made by the Committee shall be
final and  conclusive.  No  director  shall be liable  for any  action  taken or
determination  made in good faith. The Committee shall consist of at least three
members of the Board of Directors.  All of whom shall be non-employee directors.
The members of the  Committee  shall be  designated  by  two-thirds  vote of the
entire  Board of Directors of the Company and shall serve for a term of one year
and thereafter until their successors are designated.

4.      Participants

        Participants will be selected by the Committee,  in its sole discretion,
from  among  the  officers  and  other   employees  of  the  Company,   and  its
subsidiaries,  including  subsidiaries  which become such after  adoption of the
Plan, to accomplish the purposes of this Plan.


<PAGE>


        5.  Award of Incentive Stock Options

        The Committee  may,  from time to time and subject to the  provisions of
the Plan and such other terms and  conditions as the  Committee  may  prescribe,
grant to any  participant  in the Plan one or more stock  options  (intended  to
qualify as incentive  stock options  under the  provisions of section 422 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code") to purchase for cash or
shares the number of shares of Common Stock allotted by the Committee.  The date
an option is granted shall mean the dated  selected by the Committee as of which
the Committee  allots a specific  number of shares to a participant  pursuant to
the Plan.

        6.  Changes to Capital Structure

        In the event that the outstanding  shares of common stock of the Company
are  hereafter  increased  or  decreased  or  changed  into or  exchanged  for a
different  number or kind of shares or other  securities  of the  Company  or of
another  corporation,  by  reason  or  reorganization,   merger,  consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock split-up,  combination of shares, or
dividend payable in capital stock,  appropriate  adjustment shall be made by the
Board of  Directors  in the  number  and kind of shares as to which  outstanding
options,  or portions thereof then unexercised,  shall be exercisable to the end
that the  optionee's  proportionate  interest  shall be maintained as before the
occurrence of such events;  such adjustment in outstanding options shall be made
without change in the total price  applicable to the unexercised  portion of the
option  and with a  corresponding  adjustment  of the  option  price per  share;
provided,  however,  that each such  adjustment in the number and kind of shares
subject to  outstanding  options,  including any adjustment in the option price,
shall be made in such manner as not to constitute a "modification" as defined in
Section  424 of the Code.  Any such  adjustment  made by the Board of  Directors
shall be conclusive.

7.      Terms and Conditions of Options

        The grant of an option shall be evidenced by a written  Incentive  Stock
Option  Agreement,  executed  by the  Company  and the holder of an option  (the
"optionee"),  stating the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option
evidenced  thereby,  and in such  form as the  Committee  may from  time to time
determine.

     a) Option Price - The option  price per share of Common  Stock  deliverable
upon the exercise of an option shall be 100% of the fair market value of a share
of Common Stock on the date the option is granted;  however,  an optionee who is
the record and  beneficial  owner of more than 10% of the  Company's  issued and
outstanding  common stock shall be awarded options at a price equivalent to 110%
of the fair market value at the date of grant.

     b) Method of Exercise - Stock  purchased  under the options  shall,  at the
time of purchase,  be paid for in full. To the extent that the right to purchase
shares has accrued  thereunder,  options may be  exercised  from time to time by

<PAGE>

written notice by the optionee to the Company  stating the number of shares with
respect to which the  option is being  exercised,  and the time of the  delivery
thereof,  which time  shall be at least 15 days after the giving of such  notice
unless an  earlier  date  shall  have been  mutually  agreed  upon.  At the time
specified in such notice,  the Company shall deliver,  without transfer or issue
tax to the optionee (or other  person  entitled to exercise the option),  at the
main  office  of the  Company,  or  such  other  places  as  shall  be  mutually
acceptable,  a certificate or certificates for such shares or reacquired  shares
of its Common  Stock,  as the Company may elect,  against  payment of the option
price in full for the number of shares to be delivered by (i) certified check or
the equivalent  thereof  acceptable to the Company;  or (ii) the delivery to the
Company of issued and outstanding  Common Stock of Vicon Industries,  Inc. which
has been owned by the  optionee  for at least six month,  the total fair  market
value of which on such  delivery  date is equal to the total  exercise  price of
options being exercised;  provided,  however, that the time of such delivery may
be  postponed  by the Company  for such  period as may be  required  for it with
reasonable  diligence to comply with any applicable listing  requirements of any
national  securities  exchange,  if the stock is so listed.  If the optionee (or
other person  entitled to exercise the option)  fails to accept  delivery of and
pay for all or any part of the number of shares  specified  in such  notice upon
termination of delivery  thereof,  his right to exercise the option with respect
to such  undelivered  shares may be  terminated  by the Option  Committee of the
Board of Directors without any formal notice to the optionee. Anything herein to
the contrary notwithstanding, if any law or any regulation of the Securities and
Exchange  Commission or of any other body having  jurisdiction shall require the
Company  or a  participant  to take any  action in  connection  with the  shares
specified  in a notice of election  before such shares can be  delivered to such
participant,  then the date stated  therein for the delivery of the shares shall
be postponed  until the fifth business day next following the completion of such
action.

c) Option Term - No option will be exercisable prior to the date of
shareholder approval of the plan, or any time after expiration of six years from
the date the option is granted (the "Grant Date").

d) Maximum  Amount of Incentive  Stock Option Grant - The aggregate  fair market
value  (determined on the date the option is granted) of Common Stock subject to
an incentive  stock option granted to an optionee  (pursuant to any plan) by the
Committee  and  exercisable  for the first time in any  calendar  year shall not
exceed $100,000.

e)  Exercise  of Options - As to any  option  issued  under the Plan:  it may be
exercised  up to 30% of the total  number of shares  covered  thereby  after two
years from the date of grant, it may be exercised up to an additional 30% of the
total number of shares covered thereby after three years from date of grant; and
the remaining 40% after four years from the date of grant,  and thereafter,  the
option may be exercised at any time from time to time within its terms, in whole
or in part,  but it shall not be  exercisable  after the expiration of six years
from the Grant Date.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  all options granted under
this Plan may be exercised in the entirety should a "Change in Control" occur. A
"Change in Control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred  if

<PAGE>

(i) any other  entity  shall  directly or  indirectly  acquire a beneficial
ownership  of 20%,  or any further  amount in excess of 20%, of the  outstanding
shares of capital  stock of the Company or (ii) a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company or any  successor or merger or  assignment  of
assets or otherwise, shall be persons other than Directors on the date this Plan
became effective (April 22, 1999).

        f)  Non-Assignability of Option Rights - No option shall be assignable
or transferable by the optionee except by will or the by  laws or  descent  and
distribution.  During the life of an optionee,  the option shall be  exercisable
only the optionee.

        g)  Effect  of  Termination  of  Employment  or Death - In the  event an
optionee  ceases to be an  employee  of the  Company  for any reason  other than
retirement or death,  any exercisable  portion of any option as of the date such
optionee  ceased to perform  services to the Company  must be  exercised  within
three months after the date on which the optionee ceases to perform services. In
the event of the retirement of an optionee,  any option or  unexercised  portion
thereof  granted to him shall be  exercisable  within not more than three months
from the date on which  the  optionee  retires.  In the event of the death of an
optionee while such optionee is an employee of the Company, or any subsidiary of
the Company, or within three months from the date of such optionee's retirement,
the  option or  unexercised  portion  thereof  granted to such  optionee  may be
exercised by such optionee's personal  representative,  or a person who acquired
the right to exercise such option by bequest or inheritance at any time prior to
the expiration of one year from the date of death of the optionee. The foregoing
provisions  with respect to  retirement  or death of any optionee  shall,  in no
event,  be deemed to extend the date of  expiration  of the term provided in any
option held by any such optionee.

        h)  Restriction on Issuance of Shares - On the date stated in the notice
of election for the payment and delivery of the shares specified in such notice,
the  participant  shall  certify to the Company in such form as it shall require
that such  participant  will receive and hold such shares for investment and not
with a view to resale or distribution thereof to the public, unless the issuance
of such shares shall have been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the Rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder, or counsel to the
Company  shall  have  advised  the  Company  that  for  any  other  reason  such
certification is unnecessary.

        i)  Rights as a Stockholder -  The optionee shall have no rights as a
Stockholder  with respect to any shares covered by such optionee's  option until
the date of issuance of a stock certificate to such optionee for such shares. No
adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date
is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

        j)  Successive Options - Options may be exercised in any order.

<PAGE>


        k)  Termination of Options Upon Consent - The Option Committee may
terminate any outstanding option with the consent of the holder thereof.

     8.  Effective Date and Term of Plan

     a) The Plan,  which was adopted by the Board of  Directors  on December 10,
1998, is subject to the condition that the  Stockholders  approve the Plan prior
to July 1, 1999. The Plan shall become  effective upon adoption by the Company's
Board of Directors.

     b) The Plan shall terminate on December 9, 2008,  provided,  however,  that
the Plan and all awards  made under the Plan prior to such date shall  remain in
effect until such awards have been  satisfied or terminated  in accordance  with
the Plan and the terms of such awards.

      9.     Definitions

             In this Plan the following definitions shall apply:

             a) "subsidiary" means any corporation or which, at any applicable
time,  more than 50% of the shares  entitled to vote generally in an election of
directors are owned  directly or indirectly  by Vicon  Industries,  Inc., or any
subsidiary thereof.

             c) "fair market value" as of any date and in respect of any share
of Common Stock means the closing  price on such date or on the next business
day, if such date is not a  business  day,  of a  share  of  Common  Stock
reflected in the consolidated trading tables of The Wall Street Journal
(presently the AMEX-Composite Transactions) or any other publication selected by
the Committee, provided  that, if shares of Common Stock shall not have been
traded on the American Stock Exchange for more than 10 days immediately
preceding such date or if deemed  appropriate by the Committee for any other
reason,  the fair market value of shares of Common Stock shall be as  determined
by the Committee in such other manner as it may deem appropriate. In no event
shall the fair market value of any share of Common Stock be less than its par
value.

        10.    Amendment of Plan

        The Board of  Directors  may at any time amend the Plan,  provided  that
without  approval of  Stockholders  there shall be,  except by  operation of the
provisions  of  paragraph  "6" above,  no increase in the total number of shares
covered by the Plan;  there shall be no change in the class of persons  eligible
to  receive  options  granted  under the Plan;  there  shall be no change in the
limitations  on the option price;  and there shall be no extension of the latest
date upon which options may be exercised. Neither the Board of Directors nor the
Stockholders   by  amendment  to  this  Plan  can  affect  options  granted  and
outstanding   under  any  prior  stock   option  plan  of  the  Company  or  its
subsidiaries.

<PAGE>

     11. Use of Proceeds

     The proceeds from the sale of stock  pursuant to options  granted under the
Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

     12. Governing Law

     Options granted under this Plan shall be construed and shall take effect in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     13. Liquidation

     Upon the complete  liquidation  of the  Company,  any  unexercised  options
heretofore granted under this Plan shall be deemed canceled. In the event of the
complete  liquidation  of any  employer  corporation  (other  than the  Company)
employing the participant or in event such corporation  ceases to be an employer
corporation,  any  unexercised  part of any option  granted  hereunder  shall be
deemed canceled unless the participant shall become employed by another employer
corporation (including the Company) concurrently with such event.







































                                      1999

                         NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                       of

                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


     1. Purpose of the Plan

     The  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan (hereinafter  called the "Plan"),  is
intended to encourage ownership of stock of VICON INDUSTRIES,  INC. (hereinafter
called the  "Company"),  by  directors,  officers and other key employees of the
Company,  and its subsidiaries,  and to provide additional incentive for them to
promote the success of the business.

     2. Stock Subject to the Plan

     Subject to the  provisions of Paragraph  "6", the total number of shares of
stock which may be  optioned  under the Plan is 100,000  shares of Common  Stock
(par value of $.01 per share) of the Company,  which shall be either  authorized
and unissued stock or reacquired stock.

     3. Administration of the Plan

     The Plan shall be administered by the  Compensation  Committee of the Board
of Directors of the Company (the  "Committee")  who may, from time to time, with
the approval of the Board of Directors,  amend and rescind rules and regulations
for carrying out the provisions  and purposes of the Plan.  The  interpretation,
construction  and application of the Plan and any provision  thereof made by the
Board shall be final and conclusive.  No director shall be liable for any action
taken or  determination  made in good faith.  The Committee  shall consist of at
least three members of the Board of Directors, all of whom shall be non-employee
directors.  The members of the Committee  shall be designated by two-thirds vote
of the entire  Board of  Directors  of the Company and shall serve for a term of
one year and thereafter until their successors are designated.

     4. Participants

     Participants will be recommended by the Committee,  in its sole discretion,
from among the  directors,  officers  and other key  employees of the Company to
accomplish the purposes of this Plan.

<PAGE>


     5. Award of Non-Qualified Stock Options

     The Committee may, in its discretion, recommend options to be granted under
this  Plan  from  time to time,  prior to the  expiration  date of the  Plan.  A
majority of the Board of Directors shall be required to approve the grant of any
options under this Plan. The shares related to the  unexercised  portions of any
terminated or expired  options shall be deemed not to have been optioned  shares
for the  purposes of  Paragraph  "2" and may again be  subjected to option grant
under the Plan.

     6. Changes to Capital Structure

     In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are
hereafter  increased or  decreased or changed into or exchanged  for a different
number  or kind of shares  or other  securities  of the  Company  or of  another
corporation,    by   reason   or    reorganization,    merger,    consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock split-up,  combination of shares, or
dividend payable in capital stock,  appropriate  adjustment shall be made by the
Board of  Directors  in the number and kind of shares for the  purchase of which
options  shall be granted  under the Plan.  In addition,  the Board of Directors
shall make  appropriate  adjustment in the number and kind of shares as to which
outstanding options, or portions thereof then unexercised,  shall be exercisable
to the end that the  optionee's  proportionate  interest  shall be maintained as
before the occurrence of such events;  such  adjustment in  outstanding  options
shall be made without  change in the total price  applicable to the  unexercised
portion of the option and with a  corresponding  adjustment  of the option price
per share;  provided,  however, that each such adjustment in the number and kind
of shares subject to outstanding options, including any adjustment in the option
price,  shall be made in such manner as not to  constitute a  "modification"  as
defined in Section 424 of the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended.  Any
such adjustment made by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive.

     7. Terms and Conditions of Options

     Options shall be evidenced by written Stock-Option  Agreements in such form
not  inconsistent  with  the  Plan  as the  Committee  shall  from  time to time
determine, provided that the substance of the following be included therein:

     a) Option  Price - The option price shall not be less than 100% of the fair
market value on the date the option is granted, which shall be the date on which
the Board of Directors  approved the award of any Option. An optionee,  however,
who is the record and beneficial  owner of more than 10% of the Company's common
stock shall be awarded options at a price  equivalent to 110% of the fair market
value at the date of grant.


<PAGE>


     b) Method of Exercise - Stock  purchased  under the options  shall,  at the
time of purchase,  be paid for in full. To the extent that the right to purchase
shares has accrued  thereunder,  options may be  exercised  from time to time by
written notice by the optionee to the Company  stating the number of shares with
respect to which the  option is being  exercised,  and the time of the  delivery
thereof,  which time  shall be at least 15 days after the giving of such  notice
unless an  earlier  date  shall  have been  mutually  agreed  upon.  At the time
specified in such notice,  the Company shall deliver,  without transfer or issue
tax to the optionee (or other  person  entitled to exercise the option),  at the
main  office  of the  Company,  or  such  other  places  as  shall  be  mutually
acceptable,  a certificate or certificates for such shares or reacquired  shares
of its Common  Stock,  as the Company may elect,  against  payment of the option
price in full for the number of shares to be delivered by (i) certified check or
the equivalent  thereof  acceptable to the Company;  or (ii) the delivery to the
Company of issued and outstanding  Common Stock of Vicon Industries,  Inc. which
has been owned by the  optionee  for at least six months,  the total fair market
value of which on such  delivery  date is equal to the total  exercise  price of
options being exercised;  provided,  however, that the time of such delivery may
be  postponed  by the Company  for such  period as may be  required  for it with
reasonable  diligence to comply with any applicable listing  requirements of any
national  securities  exchange,  if the stock is so listed.  If the optionee (or
other person  entitled to exercise the option)  fails to accept  delivery of and
pay for all or any part of the number of shares  specified  in such  notice upon
tender of delivery thereof, his/her right to exercise the option with respect to
such  undelivered  shares may be terminated by the Committee  without any formal
notice to the optionee. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  if any
law or any regulation of the Securities and Exchange  Commission or of any other
body having  jurisdiction shall require the Company or a participant to take any
action in connection  with the shares  specified in a notice of election  before
such shares can be delivered to such  participant,  then the date stated therein
for the delivery of the shares shall be postponed  until the fifth  business day
next following the completion of such action.

     c) Option  Term - No option will be  exercisable  after  expiration  of six
years from the date the option is granted or the date of shareholder approval of
the Plan, whichever date is later (the "Grant Date").

     d)  Exercise  of  Options  - As to any  option  issued  under  the  Plan to
non-employee  directors,  at all times after the first  anniversary of the Grant
Date,  the  option  may be  exercised  at any time from time to time  within its
terms, in whole or in part but it shall not be exercisable  after the expiration
of six years  from the Grant  Date.  As to any option  issued  under the Plan to
officers  and other key  employees,  it may be  exercised up to 30% of the total
number of shares covered  thereby after two years from the date of grant, it may
be  exercised  up to an  additional  30% of the total  number of shares  covered
thereby  after three years from date of grant;  and the remaining 40% after four
years from the date of grant, and thereafter, the option may be exercised at any
time from time to time within its terms,  in whole or in part,  but it shall not
be exercisable after the expiration of six years from the Grant Date.

<PAGE>

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  all options granted under this Plan may be
exercised in their  entirety  should a "Change in Control"  occur.  A "Change in
Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if any other entity shall directly or
indirectly  acquire a  beneficial  ownership  of 20%, or any  further  amount in
excess of 20%, of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

     e)  Non-Assignability  of Option  Rights - No option shall be assignable or
transferable  by the  optionee  except  by will or by the  laws of  descent  and
distribution.  During the life of an optionee,  the option shall be  exercisable
only the optionee.

     f) Effect of  Termination of Employment or Death - In the event an optionee
ceases to be a director or an employee of the Company for any reason  other than
retirement, disability or death, any unexercisable portion of any option granted
to such optionee as of the date such optionee ceases to perform  services to the
Company  must be  exercised  within  three  months  after  the date on which the
optionee  ceases  to  perform  services.  In  the  event  of the  retirement  or
disability of an optionee,  any option or unexercised portion thereof granted to
him shall be  exercisable  within  not more than three  months  from the date on
which the optionee retires or ceases to provide services to the Company.  In the
event of the death of an optionee  while such optionee is a director or employee
of the  Company  or  within  three  months  from  the  date of  such  optionee's
retirement,  the option or unexercised  portion thereof granted to such optionee
may be exercised by such  optionee's  personal  representative,  or a person who
acquired the right to exercise such option by bequest or inheritance at any time
prior to the expiration of one year from the date of death of the optionee.  The
foregoing  provisions  with respect to retirement,  disability,  or death of any
optionee  shall,  in no event, be deemed to extend the date of expiration of the
term provided in any option held by any such optionee.

     g)  Restriction on Issuance of Shares - On the date stated in the notice of
election  for the payment and  delivery of the shares  specified in such notice,
the  participant  shall  certify to the Company in such form as it shall require
that such  participant  will receive and hold such shares for investment and not
with a view to resale or distribution thereof to the public, unless the issuance
of such shares shall have been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the Rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder, or counsel to the
Company  shall  have  advised  the  Company  that  for  any  other  reason  such
certification is unnecessary.

     h)  Rights  as a  Stockholder  - The  optionee  shall  have no  rights as a
Stockholder  with respect to any shares covered by such optionee's  option until
the date of issuance of a stock certificate to such optionee for such shares. No
adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date
is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

<PAGE>



     i) Successive Options - Options may be exercised in any order.


     j) Termination of Options Upon Consent - The Option Committee may terminate
any outstanding option with the consent of the holder thereof.


     8. Effective Date and Term of Plan

     The Plan, which was adopted by the Board of Directors on December 10, 1998,
is subject to the condition that the Stockholders approve the Plan prior to July
1, 1999. The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Company's Board of
Directors.  The Plan shall terminate on December 9, 2008. The Board of Directors
may terminate this Plan at any time. Termination of the Plan will not affect the
rights  and  obligations.  Theretofore  granted,  and  then  in  effect,  if the
Stockholders shall have approved the Plan prior to termination.

     9. Definitions

     In this plan the following definitions shall apply:

     a) "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation or which,  at any applicable  time,
more  than 50% of the  shares  entitled  to vote  generally  in an  election  of
directors are owned  directly or indirectly  by Vicon  Industries,  Inc., or any
subsidiary thereof.

     b) "Fair Market Value" as of any date and in respect of any share of Common
Stock means the closing  price on such date or on the next business day, if such
date is not a  business  day,  of a  share  of  Common  Stock  reflected  in the
consolidated   trading  tables  of  The  Wall  Street  Journal   (Presently  the
AMEX-Composite Transactions) or any other publication selected by the Committee,
provided  that,  if  shares of Common  Stock  shall not have been  traded on the
American Stock Exchange for more than 10 days immediately preceding such date or
if deemed  appropriate.  In no event shall the fair market value of any share of
Common Stock be less than its par value.

     10. Amendment of Plan

     The  Board of  Directors  may at any time  amend the  Plan,  provided  that
without  approval of  Stockholders  there shall be,  except by  operation of the
provisions  of  Paragraph  "6" above,  no increase in the total number of shares
covered by the Plan;  there shall be no change in the class of persons  eligible
to  receive  options  granted  under the Plan;  there  shall be no change in the
limitations  on the option price;  and there shall be no extension of the latest
date upon which options may be exercised. Neither the Board of Directors nor the
Stockholders  by amendment to this Plan can affect  options  granted before such
amendment or any unexercised  portion  thereof.  The adoption of this Plan shall
not be deemed to affect the terms and conditions of any  unexercised  portion of
options granted and outstanding under any prior stock option plan of the Company
or its subsidiaries.


     11. Use of Proceeds

     The proceeds  from the sale of stock  pursuant to option  granted under the
Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

     12. Governing Law

     Options granted under this Plan shall be construed and shall take effect in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.


     13. Liquidation

     Upon the complete  liquidation  of the  Company,  any  unexercised  options
heretofore granted under this Plan shall be deemed canceled. In the event of the
complete  liquidation  of any  employer  corporation  (other  than the  Company)
employing the participant or in event such corporation  ceases to be an employer
corporation,  any  unexercised  part of any option  granted  hereunder  shall be
deemed canceled unless the participant shall become employed by another employer
corporation (including the Company) concurrently with such event.


EXHIBIT 24





KPMG LLP




                          Independent Auditors' Consent



The Board of Directors
Vicon Industries, Inc.




We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  Registration  Statements (No.
33-7892, 33-34349, 33-90038 and 333-30097) on Form S-8 and No. 333-46841 on Form
S-2 of Vicon  Industries, Inc. of our report dated November 30, 1999 relating to
the consolidated balance sheets of Vicon Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
September  30,  1999  and  1998  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of
operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows and related schedule for each of
the years in the  three-year  period  ended  September  30,  1999,  which report
appears  in the  September  30,  1999  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  of  Vicon
Industries, Inc.





                                                          KPMG LLP




Melville, New York
December 29, 1999









<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5

<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1999             SEP-30-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1999             SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                       1,998,767               1,998,767
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                               16,524,184              16,524,184
<ALLOWANCES>                                 (818,266)               (818,266)
<INVENTORY>                                 21,328,543              21,328,543
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            39,033,228              39,033,228
<PP&E>                                      17,352,728              17,352,728
<DEPRECIATION>                             (6,486,937)             (6,486,937)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              49,899,019              49,899,019
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        9,984,574               9,984,574
<BONDS>                                      7,166,094               7,166,094
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                        46,547                  46,547
<OTHER-SE>                                  32,701,804              32,701,804
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                49,899,019              49,899,019
<SALES>                                     19,292,612              73,414,046
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0                       0
<CGS>                                       12,711,735              48,714,749
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0                       0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             4,563,295              16,566,645
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                60,000                 240,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             128,080                 450,823
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              1,829,502               7,441,829
<INCOME-TAX>                                   636,628               2,681,628
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          1,192,874               4,760,201
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,192,874               4,760,201
<EPS-BASIC>                                        .26                    1.05
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .25                    1.01


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission